Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission File Number: 01-14010
 
Waters Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  13-3668640
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
34 Maple Street
Milford, Massachusetts 01757
(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)
 
(508) 478-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
  Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
    Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value
$0.01 per share
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
  None
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation ST (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
State the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 4, 2009: $4,680,348,128.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 19, 2010: 93,586,125
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III.
 


 

 
WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
INDEX
 
 
                 
Item
       
No.
      Page
 
      Business     3  
      Risk Factors     11  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     14  
      Properties     15  
      Legal Proceedings     16  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     17  
        Executive Officers of the Registrant     17  
 
PART II
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     18  
      Selected Financial Data     20  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     20  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     36  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     39  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     80  
      Controls and Procedures     80  
      Other Information     80  
 
PART III
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     80  
      Executive Compensation     81  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     81  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence     81  
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services     82  
 
PART IV
      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     82  
        Signatures     85  
  EX-10.61 Note Purchase Agreement, dated February 1, 2010
  EX-21.1 Subsidiaries of Waters Corporation
  EX-23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
  EX-31.1 Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  EX-31.2 Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
  EX-32.1 Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
  EX-32.2 Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
  EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
  EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1:    Business
 
General
 
Waters Corporation (“Waters” or the “Company”), an analytical instrument manufacturer, primarily designs, manufactures, sells and services, through its Waters Division, high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), ultra performance liquid chromatography (“UPLC ® ” and together with HPLC, referred to as “LC”) and mass spectrometry (“MS”) instrument systems and support products, including chromatography columns, other consumable products and comprehensive post-warranty service plans. These systems are complementary products that can be integrated together and used along with other analytical instruments. Through its TA Division (“TA ® ”), the Company primarily designs, manufactures, sells and services thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments. The Company is also a developer and supplier of software-based products that interface with the Company’s instruments as well as other manufacturers’ instruments.
 
The Company’s products are used by pharmaceutical, life science, biochemical, industrial, academic and government customers working in research and development, quality assurance and other laboratory applications. The Company’s LC and MS instruments are utilized in this broad range of industries to detect, identify, monitor and measure the chemical, physical and biological composition of materials, as well as to purify a full range of compounds. These instruments are used in drug discovery and development, including clinical trial testing, the analysis of proteins in disease processes (known as “proteomics”), food safety analysis and environmental testing. The Company’s thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments are used in predicting the suitability of fine chemicals, polymers and viscous liquids for uses in various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products, as well as for life science research.
 
Waters is a holding company that owns all of the outstanding common stock of Waters Technologies Corporation, its operating subsidiary. Waters became a publicly traded company with its initial public offering (“IPO”) in November 1995. Since the IPO, the Company has added two significant and complementary technologies to its range of products with the acquisitions of TA Instruments in May 1996 and Micromass Limited (“Micromass ® ”) in September 1997.
 
Business Segments
 
The Company’s business activities, for which financial information is available, are regularly reviewed and evaluated by the chief operating decision makers. As a result of this evaluation, the Company determined that it has two operating segments: Waters Division and TA Division. As indicated above, the Company operates in the analytical instruments industry, designing, manufacturing, distributing and servicing products in three technologies: LC and MS instruments; columns and other consumables; and thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments. The Company’s two operating segments, Waters Division and TA Division, have similar economic characteristics; product processes; products and services; types and classes of customers; methods of distribution and regulatory environments. Because of these similarities, the two segments have been aggregated into one reporting segment for financial statement purposes.
 
Information concerning revenues and long-lived assets attributable to each of the Company’s products, services and geographic areas is set forth in Note 16 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Waters Division
 
High Performance and Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography
 
Developed in the 1950’s, HPLC is the standard technique used to identify and analyze the constituent components of a variety of chemicals and other materials. The Company believes that HPLC’s performance capabilities enable it to separate and identify approximately 80% of all known chemicals and materials. As a result, HPLC is used to analyze substances in a wide variety of industries for research and development purposes, quality control and process engineering applications.


3


Table of Contents

The most significant end-use markets for HPLC are those served by the pharmaceutical and life science industries. In these markets, HPLC is used extensively to identify new drugs, develop manufacturing methods and assure the potency and purity of new pharmaceuticals. HPLC is also used in a variety of other applications, such as analyses of foods and beverages for nutritional labeling and compliance with safety regulations, the testing of water and air purity within the environmental testing industry, as well as applications in other industries, such as chemical and consumer products. HPLC is also used by universities, research institutions and government agencies, such as the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and their international counterparts who mandate testing requiring HPLC instrumentation.
 
Traditionally, a typical HPLC system has consisted of five basic components: solvent delivery system, sample injector, separation column, detector and data acquisition unit. The solvent delivery system pumps solvents through the HPLC system, while the sample injector introduces samples into the solvent flow. The chromatography column then separates the sample into its components for analysis by the detector, which measures the presence and amount of the constituents. The data acquisition unit, usually referred to as the instrument’s software or data system, then records and stores the information from the detector.
 
In 2004, Waters introduced a novel technology that the Company describes as ultra performance liquid chromatography that utilizes a packing material with small, uniform diameter particles and a specialized instrument, the ACQUITY UPLC ® , to accommodate the increased pressure and narrow chromatographic bands that are generated by these small particles. By using the ACQUITY UPLC, researchers and analysts are able to achieve more comprehensive chemical separations and faster analysis times in comparison with many analyses performed by HPLC. In addition, in using ACQUITY UPLC, researchers have the potential to extend the range of applications beyond that of HPLC, enabling them to uncover new levels of scientific information. Though it offers significant performance advantages, ACQUITY UPLC is compatible with the Company’s software products and the general operating protocols of HPLC. For these reasons, the Company’s customers and field sales and support organizations are well positioned to utilize this new technology and instrument. The Company began shipping the ACQUITY UPLC in the third quarter of 2004. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company experienced growth in the LC instrument system product line primarily from the sales of ACQUITY UPLC systems.
 
Waters manufactures LC instruments that are offered in configurations that allow for varying degrees of automation, from component configured systems for academic research applications to fully automated systems for regulated testing, and that have a variety of detection technologies, from ultra-violet (“UV”) absorbance to MS, optimized for certain analyses. The Company also manufactures tailored LC systems for the analysis of biologics, as well as an LC detector utilizing evaporative light scattering technology to expand the usage of LC to compounds that are not amenable to UV absorbance detection.
 
The primary consumable products for LC are chromatography columns. These columns are packed with separation media used in the LC testing process and are replaced at regular intervals. The chromatography column contains one of several types of packing material, typically stationary phase particles made from silica. As the sample flows through the column, it is separated into its constituent components.
 
Waters HPLC columns can be used on Waters-branded and competitors’ LC systems. The Company believes that it is one of the few suppliers in the world that processes silica, packs columns and distributes its own products. In doing so, the Company believes it can better ensure product consistency, a key attribute for its customers in quality control laboratories, and react quickly to new customer requirements. The Company believes that its ACQUITY UPLC lines of columns are used nearly exclusively on its ACQUITY UPLC instrument and, furthermore, that its ACQUITY UPLC instrument primarily uses ACQUITY UPLC columns. In 2009, 2008 and 2007, excluding the small impact from acquisitions mentioned below, the Company experienced growth in its LC chromatography column and sample preparation businesses, especially in ACQUITY UPLC columns.
 
In February 2009, the Company acquired all of the remaining outstanding capital stock of Thar Instruments, Inc. (“Thar”), a privately-held global leader in the design, development and manufacture of analytical and preparative supercritical fluid chromatography and supercritical fluid extraction (“SFC”) systems, for $36 million in cash, including the assumption of $4 million of debt. In December 2008, the Company acquired the net assets of Analytical Products Group, Inc. (“APG”), a provider of environmental testing products for quality control and proficiency testing used in environmental laboratories, for $5 million in cash. The APG business has been integrated


4


Table of Contents

into the Company’s Environmental Resources Associates, Inc. (“ERA”) business, which was acquired in December 2006. The Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of ERA, a provider of environmental testing products for quality control, proficiency testing and specialty calibration chemicals used in environmental laboratories, for $62 million in cash, including the assumption of $4 million of debt. ERA also provides product support services required to help laboratories with their federal and state mandated accreditation requirements or with quality control over critical pharmaceutical analysis. In February 2006, the Company acquired the net assets of the food safety business of VICAM ® Limited Partnership (“VICAM”) for $14 million in cash. VICAM is a leading provider of tests to identify and quantify mycotoxins in various agricultural commodities. The Company’s test kits provide reliable, quantitative detection of particular mycotoxins through the choice of flurometer, LC-MS or HPLC. The APG, ERA and VICAM acquisitions are part of the chemistry consumable product line.
 
Based upon reports from independent marketing research firms and publicly disclosed sales figures from competitors, the Company believes that it is one of the world’s largest manufacturers and distributors of LC instruments, chromatography columns and other consumables and related services. The Company also believes that it has the leading LC market share in the United States, Europe and Asia, and believes it has a leading market share position in Japan.
 
Mass Spectrometry
 
Mass spectrometry is a powerful analytical technique that is used to identify unknown compounds, to quantify known materials and to elucidate the structural and chemical properties of molecules by measuring the masses of individual molecules that have been converted into ions.
 
The Company believes it is a market leader in the development, manufacture, sale and distribution of MS instruments. These instruments can be integrated and used along with other complementary analytical instruments and systems, such as LC, chemical electrophoresis, chemical electrophoresis chromatography and gas chromatography. A wide variety of instrumental designs fall within the overall category of MS instrumentation, including devices that incorporate quadrupole, ion trap, time-of-flight (“Tof”) and classical magnetic sector technologies. Furthermore, these technologies are often used in tandem to maximize the efficacy of certain experiments.
 
Currently, the Company offers a wide range of MS instruments utilizing various combinations of quadrupole, Tof, ion mobility and magnetic sector designs. These instruments are used in drug discovery and development, as well as for environmental and food safety testing. The majority of mass spectrometers sold by the Company are designed to utilize an LC system as the sample introduction device. These products supply a diverse market with a strong emphasis on the life science, pharmaceutical, biomedical, clinical, food and environmental market segments worldwide.
 
The mass spectrometer is an increasingly important detection device for LC. The Company’s smaller-sized mass spectrometers (such as the SQD and the TQD) are often referred to as LC “detectors” and are either sold as part of an LC system or as an LC system upgrade. Larger quadrupole systems, such as the Xevo tm TQ and Quattro Premier tm XE instruments, are used primarily for experiments performed for late-stage drug development, including clinical trial testing, and quadrupole time-of-flight (“Q-Tof tm ”) instruments, such as the Company’s Synapt tm MS, are often used to analyze the role of proteins in disease processes, an application sometimes referred to as “proteomics”. In 2006, the Company introduced the tandem quadrupole device, the TQD, and a new hybrid Q-Tof technology system, the Synapt tm HDMS tm . The Synapt HDMS system integrates ion mobility technology within a Q-Tof geometry instrument configuration and uniquely allows researchers to glean molecular shape information, a novel capability for a mass spectrometry instrument. In 2008, the Company introduced a new Q-Tof instrument called the Synapt MS. This instrument is an improved version of the Q-Tof Premier tm that customers may opt to upgrade to Synapt HDMS capability. In late 2008, the Xevo tm QTof tm MS, an exact mass MS/MS bench-top instrument, was introduced. In late 2009, the Company introduced the Synapt tm G2 HDMS tm system. The Synapt G2 HDMS and Synapt tm G2 MS systems are high resolution exact mass MS/MS platforms that are performance enhanced replacements for the Synapt HDMS and Synapt MS systems. The performance enhancements offered by these new systems allow for higher resolution shape discrimination by the HDMS version and superior mass resolution, mass accuracy and quantification accuracy by both versions.


5


Table of Contents

LC-MS
 
LC and MS are instrumental technologies often embodied within an analytical system tailored for either a dedicated class of analyses or as a general purpose analytical device. An increasing percentage of the Company’s customers are purchasing LC and MS components simultaneously and it is becoming common for LC and MS instrumentation to be used within the same laboratory and operated by the same user. The descriptions of LC and MS above reflect the historical segmentation of these analytical technologies and the historical categorization of their respective practitioners. Increasingly in today’s instrument market, this segmentation and categorization is becoming obsolete as a high percentage of instruments used in the laboratory embody both LC and MS technologies as part of a single device. In response to this development and to further promote the high utilization of these hybrid instruments, the Company has organized its Waters Division to develop, manufacture, sell and service integrated LC-MS systems.
 
Waters Division Service
 
The servicing and support of LC and MS instruments and accessories is an important source of revenue for the Waters Division. These revenues are derived primarily through the sale of support plans, demand service, customer training and performance validation services. Support plans most typically involve scheduled instrument maintenance and an agreement to promptly repair a non-functioning instrument in return for a fee described in a contract that is priced according to the configuration of the instrument.
 
TA Division
 
Thermal Analysis, Rheometry and Calorimetry
 
Thermal analysis measures the physical characteristics of materials as a function of temperature. Changes in temperature affect several characteristics of materials, such as their physical state, weight, dimension and mechanical and electrical properties, which may be measured by one or more thermal analysis techniques, including calorimetry. Consequently, thermal analysis techniques are widely used in the development, production and characterization of materials in various industries, such as plastics, chemicals, automobiles, pharmaceuticals and electronics.
 
Rheometry instruments complement thermal analyzers in characterizing materials. Rheometry characterizes the flow properties of materials and measures their viscosity, elasticity and deformation under different types of “loading” or conditions. The information obtained under such conditions provides insight into a material’s behavior during manufacturing, transport, usage and storage.
 
Thermal analysis and rheometry instruments are heavily used in material testing laboratories and, in many cases, provide information useful in predicting the suitability of fine chemicals, polymers and viscous liquids for various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products, as well as for life science research. As with systems offered through the Waters Division, a range of instrumental configurations are available with increasing levels of sample handling and information processing automation. In addition, systems and accompanying software packages can be tailored for specific applications. For example, the Q-Series tm family of differential scanning calorimeters includes a range of instruments, from basic dedicated analyzers to more expensive systems that can accommodate robotic sample handlers and a variety of sample cells and temperature control features for analyzing a broad range of materials. In 2009, TA introduced the ARIES G2 rheometer, a high performance system uniquely capable of independently measuring stress and strain for a wide variety of solids and liquids.
 
In July 2008, the Company acquired the net assets of VTI Corporation (“VTI”), a manufacturer of sorption analysis and thermogravimetric analysis instruments, for $3 million in cash. VTI’s products are widely used in the evaluation of pharmaceuticals, catalysts and energy-related materials. This acquisition added two technologies which complement TA’s existing gravimetric analysis product line. VTI’s sorption analysis products are designed for water and organic vapor sorption studies of pharmaceuticals and related materials. VTI’s high pressure, high vacuum TGA projects are designed for high pressure sorption studies, which are commonly used in the analysis of energy-related materials.
 
In August 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Calorimetry Sciences Corporation (“CSC”), a privately-held company that designs, develops and manufactures highly sensitive


6


Table of Contents

calorimeters, for $7 million in cash, including the assumption of $1 million of liabilities. CSC products and services are primarily used in the life sciences industry. This acquisition added two systems which complement TA’s existing TAM micro-calorimeter product line. The Nano-ITC is an isothermal titration calorimeter designed to measure protein-ligand binding and the interaction of biological materials. The Nano-DSC is an ultra-sensitive scanning calorimeter used to measure the stability of proteins and other macromolecules in dilute solutions and is commonly used in pharmaceutical development processes.
 
In August 2006, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Thermometric AB (“Thermometric”), a manufacturer of high performance micro-calorimeters, for $3 million in cash, including the assumption of $1 million of debt. Thermometric’s flagship product, the TAM III, is a modular calorimeter that employs proprietary technology to deliver calorimetric sensitivity and temperature stability. It is used to characterize materials and their interactions in the fields of pharmaceuticals, life and materials sciences. The TAM III systems complement TA’s industry leading Q-Series differential scanning calorimeter product line and the CSC product lines acquired in 2007. Thermometric’s manufacturing and research and development were moved and consolidated with CSC late in 2008.
 
TA Service
 
The Company sells, supports and services TA Division’s product offerings through its headquarters in New Castle, Delaware. TA operates independently from the Waters Division, though several of its overseas offices are situated in Waters’ facilities. TA has dedicated field sales and service operations. Service sales are primarily derived from the sale of replacement parts and from billed labor fees associated with the repair, maintenance and upgrade of installed systems.
 
Customers
 
The Company has a broad and diversified customer base that includes pharmaceutical accounts, other industrial accounts, universities and government agencies. The pharmaceutical segment represents the Company’s largest sector and includes multinational pharmaceutical companies, generic drug manufacturers, contract research organizations (CROs) and biotechnology companies. The Company’s other industrial customers include chemical manufacturers, polymer manufacturers, food and beverage companies and environmental testing laboratories. The Company also sells to various universities and government agencies worldwide. The Company’s technical support staff works closely with its customers in developing and implementing applications that meet their full range of analytical requirements.
 
The Company does not rely on any single customer or one group of customers for a material portion of its sales. During fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, no single customer accounted for more than 3% of the Company’s net sales.
 
Sales and Service
 
The Company has one of the largest sales and service organizations in the industry, focused exclusively on the various instrument systems’ installed base. Across these product technologies, using respective specialized sales and service forces, the Company serves its customer base with approximately 2,700 field representatives in 92 sales offices throughout the world as of December 31, 2009. The Company’s sales representatives have direct responsibility for account relationships, while service representatives work in the field to install instruments, train and minimize instrument downtime for customers. In-house, technical support representatives work directly with customers providing them assistance with applications and procedures on Company products. The Company provides customers with comprehensive information through various corporate and regional internet websites and product literature, and also makes consumable products available through electronic ordering facilities and a dedicated catalog.
 
Manufacturing
 
The Company provides high quality LC products by overseeing each stage of the production of its instruments, columns and chemical reagents. The Company currently assembles a portion of its LC instruments at its facility in


7


Table of Contents

Milford, Massachusetts, where it performs machining, assembly and testing. The Milford facility maintains a quality management system in accordance with the requirements of ISO 9001:2000, ISO 13485:2003, ISO 14001:2004 and applicable regulatory requirements (including FDA Quality System Regulations and the European In-Vitro Diagnostics Directives). The Company outsources manufacturing of certain electronic components, such as computers, monitors and circuit boards, to outside vendors that can meet the Company’s quality requirements. In 2006, the Company transitioned the manufacturing of LC instrument systems and components to a well-established contract manufacturing firm in Singapore. The Company expects to continue pursuing outsourcing opportunities.
 
The Company manufactures its LC columns at its facilities in Taunton, Massachusetts and Wexford, Ireland, where it processes, sizes and treats silica and polymeric media that are packed into columns, solid phase extraction cartridges and bulk shipping containers. The Wexford facility also manufactures and distributes certain data, instruments and software components for the Company’s LC, MS and TA Division product lines. These facilities meet similar ISO and FDA standards met by the Milford, Massachusetts facility and are registered with the FDA. VICAM manufactures antibody resin and magnetic beads that are packed into columns and kits in Milford, Massachusetts and Nixa, Missouri. ERA manufactures environmental proficiency kits in Arvada, Colorado. Thar manufactures SFC systems in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
 
The Company manufactures most of its MS products at its facilities in Manchester, England, Cheshire, England and Wexford, Ireland. Certain components or modules of the Company’s MS instruments are manufactured by long-standing outside contractors. Each stage of this supply chain is closely monitored by the Company to maintain high quality and performance standards. The instruments, components or modules are then returned to the Company’s facilities where its engineers perform final assembly, calibrations to customer specifications and quality control procedures. The Company’s MS facilities meet similar ISO and FDA standards met by the Milford, Massachusetts facility and are registered with the FDA.
 
Thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry products are manufactured by TA. Thermal analysis products are manufactured at the Company’s New Castle, Delaware facility. Rheometry products are manufactured at the Company’s New Castle, Delaware and Crawley, England facilities. Microcalorimetry products are manufactured at the Company’s Lindon, Utah facility. VTI manufactures sorption analysis and thermogravimetric analysis instruments in Hialeah, Florida. Similar to MS, elements of TA’s products are manufactured by outside contractors and are then returned to the Company’s facilities for final assembly, calibration and quality control. The Company’s thermal analysis facilities are certified to ISO 9001:2000 standards.
 
Research and Development
 
The Company maintains an active research and development program focused on the development and commercialization of products that both complement and update the existing product offering. The Company’s research and development expenditures for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $77 million, $82 million and $81 million, respectively. Nearly all of the current LC products of the Company have been developed at the Company’s main research and development center located in Milford, Massachusetts, with input and feedback from the Company’s extensive field organizations and customers. The majority of the MS products have been developed at facilities in England and nearly all of the current thermal analysis products have been developed at the Company’s research and development center in New Castle, Delaware. At December 31, 2009, there were 677 employees involved in the Company’s research and development efforts. The Company has increased research and development expenses relating to acquisitions and the Company’s continued commitment to invest significantly in new product development and existing product enhancements. Despite the Company’s active research and development programs, there can be no assurances that the Company’s product development and commercialization efforts will be successful or that the products developed by the Company will be accepted by the marketplace.
 
Employees
 
The Company employed approximately 5,200 employees at December 31, 2009, with approximately 44% of the Company’s employees located in the United States. The Company believes its employee relations are generally good. The Company’s employees are not unionized or affiliated with any internal or external labor organizations.


8


Table of Contents

The Company believes that its future success largely depends upon its continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees.
 
Competition
 
The analytical instrument and systems market is highly competitive. The Company encounters competition from several worldwide instrument manufacturers and other companies in both domestic and foreign markets for each of its three technologies. The Company competes in its markets primarily on the basis of instrument performance, reliability, service and, to a lesser extent, price. Some competitors have instrument businesses that are generally more diversified than the Company’s business, but are typically less focused on the Company’s chosen markets. Some competitors have greater financial and other resources than the Company.
 
In the markets served by the Waters Division, the Company’s principal competitors include: Agilent Technologies, Inc., Life Technologies Corporation, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Varian, Inc., Shimadzu Corporation, Dionex Corporation and Bruker BioSciences. In 2009, Danaher Corporation announced an intention to acquire the mass spectrometry assets of Life Technologies Corporation and Agilent Technologies, Inc. announced plans to acquire Varian, Inc. In the markets served by the TA Division, the Company’s principal competitors include: PerkinElmer, Inc., Mettler-Toledo International Inc., NETZSCH-Geraetebau GmbH, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Malvern Instruments Ltd., Anton-Paar and General Electric Company.
 
The market for consumable LC products, including separation columns, is highly competitive and more fragmented than the analytical instruments market. The Company encounters competition in the consumable columns market from chemical companies that produce column chemicals and small specialized companies that pack and distribute columns. The Company believes that it is one of the few suppliers that process silica, packs columns and distributes its own product. The Company competes in this market on the basis of reproducibility, reputation, performance and, to a lesser extent, price. The Company’s principal competitors for consumable products include: Phenomenex, Inc., Supelco, Inc., Agilent Technologies, Inc., General Electric Company, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. and Merck and Co., Inc. The ACQUITY UPLC instrument is designed to offer a predictable level of performance when used with ACQUITY UPLC columns and the Company believes that the expansion of the ACQUITY UPLC instrument base will enhance its chromatographic column business because of the high level of synergy between ACQUITY UPLC columns and the ACQUITY UPLC instrument. In 2009, Agilent Technologies, Inc. introduced a new LC system, which they termed a UHPLC, which they have claimed has similar performance characteristics to Waters’ ACQUITY UPLC.
 
Patents, Trademarks and Licenses
 
The Company owns a number of United States and foreign patents and has patent applications pending in the United States and abroad. Certain technology and software is licensed from third parties. The Company also owns a number of trademarks. The Company’s patents, trademarks and licenses are viewed as valuable assets to its operations. However, the Company believes that no one patent or group of patents, trademark or license is, in and of itself, essential to the Company such that its loss would materially affect the Company’s business as a whole.
 
Environmental Matters and Climate Change
 
The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances that (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water as well as handling and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes, and (ii) impose liability for the costs of cleaning up and certain damages resulting from sites of past spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous substances. The Company believes that it currently conducts its operations and has operated its business in the past in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws. From time to time, operations of the Company have resulted or may result in noncompliance with environmental laws or liability for cleanup pursuant to environmental laws. The Company does not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on its operations, financial condition or competitive position as a result of its efforts to comply with environmental laws.
 
The Company is sensitive to the growing global debate with respect to climate change. In the first quarter of 2009, the Company published its first sustainability report identifying the various actions and behaviors the


9


Table of Contents

Company has adopted concerning its commitment to both the environment and the broader topic of social responsibility. An internal sustainability working group was formed and is functioning to develop increasingly robust data with respect to the Company’s utilization of carbon producing substances. See Item 1A, Risk Factors — Effects of Climate Change, for more information on the potential significance of climate change legislation.
 
Available Information
 
The Company files all required reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The public may read and copy any materials the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
 
The Company is an electronic filer and the SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC electronic filing website is http://www.sec.gov . The Company also makes available, free of charge on its website, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The website address for Waters Corporation is http://www.waters.com and SEC filings can be found under the caption “Investors”.
 
Forward-Looking Statements
 
Certain of the statements in this Form 10-K and the documents incorporated herein may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with respect to future results and events, including statements regarding, among other items, the impact of the Company’s new products and the Company’s ability to invest in new product development and existing product enhancements; the Company’s growth strategies, including its intention to make acquisitions, make stock repurchases and introduce new products; anticipated trends in the Company’s business; the Company’s ability to continue to control costs and maintain quality; current economic conditions; the impact of the Company’s various litigation matters, including the Dearborn action and ongoing patent litigation; future issuances of 10-year senior unsecured notes by the Company; the Company’s product performance; the Company’s ability to ensure product consistency and react to new customer requirements; the Company’s market share position and statements related to market position; statements related to the Company’s pursuant of outsourcing opportunities; the Company’s ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees; statements regarding the Company’s facilities; statements regarding the Company’s financial flexibility; use of the Company’s debt proceeds; the Company’s expected cash flow and borrowing capacity; the Company’s contributions to defined benefit plans; and the Company’s capital spending and ability to fund other facility expansions to accommodate future sales growth. Many of these statements appear, in particular, under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of the words “believes”, “anticipates”, “plans”, “expects”, “may”, “will”, “would”, “intends”, “appears”, “estimates”, “projects”, “should” and similar expressions, whether in the negative or affirmative. These statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside the control of the Company, including, and without limitation, the impact on demand among the Company’s various market sectors from current economic difficulties and recession; the impact of changes in accounting principles and practices or tax rates, including the effect of recently restructuring certain legal entities; shifts in taxable income in jurisdictions with different effective tax rates; the ability to access capital in volatile market conditions; the ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses; fluctuations in capital expenditures by the Company’s customers, in particular, large pharmaceutical companies; introduction of competing products by other companies and loss of market share; pressures on prices from competitors and/or customers; regulatory obstacles to new product introductions; lack of acceptance of new products; other changes in the demands of the Company’s healthcare and pharmaceutical company customers; changes in distribution of the Company’s products; the Company’s ability to obtain alternative sources for components and modules; underperformance relative to expected future operating results; negative industry trends; risks associated with lawsuits and other legal actions, particularly involving claims for infringement of patents and other intellectual property


10


Table of Contents

rights; and foreign exchange rate fluctuations potentially adversely affecting translation of the Company’s future non-U.S. operating results, as well as additional risk factors set forth below in Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Form 10-K. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements, whether because of these factors or for other reasons. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this report. Except as required by law, the Company does not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.
 
Item 1A:    Risk Factors
 
The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the analytical instrument industry, including, but not limited to the following risks.
 
Global Economic Conditions
The global economic conditions had an unfavorable impact on demand for the Company’s products in 2009 and in late 2008. These conditions resulted in a decline in demand for the Company’s products and services and may result in a decline in demand for the Company’s products and services in the near future. There can be no assurance that there will not be a further deterioration in financial markets and confidence in major economies. Any further deterioration or prolonged disruption in the financial markets or market conditions generally may result in reduced demand for the Company’s products and services. The Company’s global business may also be adversely affected by decreases in the general level of economic activity as a result of the economic and financial market situations.
 
Financial Market Conditions
Financial markets in the U.S., Europe and Asia have experienced extreme disruption over the past few years, including, among other things, a sharp increase in the cost of new capital, severely diminished capital availability and severely reduced liquidity in money markets. Financial and banking institutions have also experienced disruptions, resulting in large asset write-downs, higher costs of capital, rating downgrades and reduced desire to lend money. While currently these conditions have not impacted the Company’s ability to access its existing cash or borrow on its existing revolving credit facility, there can be no assurance that there will not be further deterioration or prolonged disruption in financial markets or financial institutions. Any further deterioration or prolonged disruption in financial markets or financial institutions in which the Company participates may impair the Company’s ability to access its existing cash and revolving credit facility and impair its ability to access sources of new capital. The Company’s cost of any new capital raised and interest expense would increase if this were to occur.
 
Customer Demand
The demand for the Company’s products is dependent upon the size of the markets for its LC, MS, thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry products; the timing and level of capital expenditures of the Company’s customers; changes in government regulations, particularly effecting drug, food and drinking water testing; funding available to academic and government institutions; general economic conditions and the rate of economic growth in the Company’s major markets; and competitive considerations. The Company typically experiences an increase in sales in its fourth quarter, as a result of purchasing habits for capital goods by customers that tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end. There can be no assurances that the Company’s results of operations or financial condition will not be adversely impacted by a change in any of the factors listed above or the continuation of weakness in global economic conditions.
 
Additionally, the analytical instrument market may, from time to time, experience low sales growth. Approximately 51% and 50% of the Company’s net sales in 2009 and 2008, respectively, were to the worldwide pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, which may be periodically subject to unfavorable market conditions and consolidations. Unfavorable industry conditions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.


11


Table of Contents

Competition and the Analytical Instrument Market
The analytical instrument market and, in particular, the portion related to the Company’s HPLC, UPLC, MS, LC-MS, thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry product lines, is highly competitive and subject to rapid changes in technology. The Company encounters competition from several international instrument manufacturers and other companies in both domestic and foreign markets. Some competitors have instrument businesses that are generally more diversified than the Company’s business, but are typically less focused on the Company’s chosen markets. There can be no assurances that the Company’s competitors will not introduce more effective and less costly products than those of the Company or that the Company will be able to increase its sales and profitability from new product introductions. There can be no assurances that the Company’s sales and marketing forces will compete successfully against its competitors in the future.
 
Levels of Debt and Debt Service Requirements
The Company had approximately $632 million in debt and $630 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, the Company also had the ability to borrow an additional $479 million from its existing credit facilities. Most of the Company’s debt is in the U.S. There is a substantial cash requirement in the U.S. to fund operations and capital expenditures, service debt interest obligations, finance potential acquisitions and continue authorized stock repurchase programs. A majority of the Company’s cash is maintained and generated from foreign operations. The Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted if the Company is unable to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow in the U.S. to address these requirements through cash from U.S. operations, efficient and timely repatriation of cash from overseas, the Company’s ability to access its existing cash and revolving credit facility and other sources obtained at an acceptable cost.
 
Debt Covenants
The Company’s debt may become subject to restrictive covenants that limit the Company’s ability to engage in certain activities that could otherwise benefit the Company. These debt covenants include restrictions on the Company’s ability to enter into certain contracts or agreements that may limit the Company’s ability to make dividend or other payments; secure other indebtedness; enter into transactions with affiliates and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Company is also required to meet specified financial ratios under the terms of the Company’s debt agreements. The Company’s ability to comply with these financial restrictions and covenants is dependent on the Company’s future performance, which is subject to, but not limited to, prevailing economic conditions and other factors, including factors that are beyond the Company’s control, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, changes in technology and changes in the level of competition.
 
Risk of Disruption of Operations
The Company manufactures LC instruments at facilities in Milford, Massachusetts and Singapore; chemistry separation columns at its facilities in Taunton, Massachusetts and Wexford, Ireland; MS products at its facilities in Manchester, England, Cheshire, England and Wexford, Ireland; thermal analysis products at its facility in New Castle, Delaware; rheometry products at its facilities in New Castle, Delaware and Crawley, England and other instruments and consumables at various other locations as a result of the Company’s recent acquisitions. Any prolonged disruption to the operations at any of these facilities, whether due to labor difficulties, destruction of or damage to any facility or other reasons, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
 
Sovereign Risk, Foreign Operations and Exchange Rates
Approximately 69% and 70% of the Company’s net sales in 2009 and 2008, respectively, were outside of the United States and were primarily denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, the Company has considerable manufacturing operations in Ireland, the United Kingdom and Singapore. As a result, a significant portion of the Company’s sales and operations are subject to certain risks, including adverse developments in the foreign political and economic environment; sudden movements in a country’s foreign exchange rates due to a change in a country’s sovereign risk profile or foreign exchange regulatory practices; tariffs and other trade barriers; difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; and potentially adverse tax consequences.


12


Table of Contents

Additionally, the U.S. dollar value of the Company’s net sales, cost of sales, operating expenses, interest, taxes and net income varies with currency exchange rate fluctuations. Significant increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to certain foreign currencies could have a material adverse effect or benefit on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
 
Reliance on Key Management
The operation of the Company requires managerial and operational expertise. None of the key management employees have an employment contract with the Company and there can be no assurance that such individuals will remain with the Company. If, for any reason, such key personnel do not continue to be active in management, the Company’s results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Protection of Intellectual Property
The Company vigorously protects its intellectual property rights and seeks patent coverage on all developments that it regards as material and patentable. However, there can be no assurances that any patents held by the Company will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights granted thereunder will provide competitive advantages to the Company. Conversely, there could be successful claims against the Company by third-party patent holders with respect to certain Company products that may infringe the intellectual property rights of such third parties. The Company’s patents, including those licensed from others, expire on various dates. If the Company is unable to protect its intellectual property rights, it could have an adverse and material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.
 
Reliance on Suppliers
Most of the raw materials, components and supplies purchased by the Company are available from a number of different suppliers; however, a number of items are purchased from limited or single sources of supply and disruption of these sources could have a temporary adverse effect on shipments and the financial results of the Company. The Company believes alternative sources could ordinarily be obtained to supply these materials, but a prolonged inability to obtain certain materials or components could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations and could result in damage to its relationships with its customers and, accordingly, adversely affect the Company’s business.
 
Use of Outside Manufacturers
Certain components or modules of the Company’s LC and MS instruments are manufactured by long-standing outside contractors. Since 2006, the Company has transitioned the manufacturing of LC instrument systems and related components to a well-established contract manufacturing firm in Singapore. Disruptions of service by these outside contractors could have an adverse effect on the supply chain and the financial results of the Company. The Company believes that it could obtain alternative sources for these components or modules, but a prolonged inability to obtain these components or modules could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
Risk in Unexpected Shifts in Taxable Income between Tax Jurisdictions
The Company is subject to a range of income tax rates, from 0% to in excess of 35%, depending on specific tax jurisdictions around the world. The Company typically generates a substantial portion of its taxable income in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Shifts in actual taxable income from previous quarters’ projections due to factors, including, but not limited to, changes in volume and foreign currency translation rates, could have a notable favorable or unfavorable effect on the Company’s income tax expense and results of operations.
 
Effects of Climate Change
The Company’s manufacturing processes for certain of its products involve the use of chemical and other substances that are regulated under various international, federal, state and local laws governing the environment. In the event that any future climate change legislation would require that stricter standards be imposed by domestic or international environmental regulatory authorities with respect to the use and/or levels of possible emissions from such chemicals and/or other substances, the Company may be required to make certain changes and adaptations to


13


Table of Contents

its manufacturing processes. There can be no assurance that any such changes would not have a material effect on the financial statements of the Company.
 
Another potential effect of climate change is an increase in the severity of global weather conditions. The Company manufactures a growing percentage of its HPLC, UPLC and MS products in both Singapore and Wexford, Ireland. Although the Company believes its has an adequate disaster recovery plan in place, severe weather conditions, including earthquakes, hurricanes and/or tsunami, could potentially cause significant damage to the Company’s manufacturing facilities in each of these countries. There can be no assurance that the effects of such damage and the resultant disruption of manufacturing operations would not have a materially adverse impact to the financial results of the Company.
 
Regulatory Compliance
The Company is subject to regulation by various federal, state and foreign governments and agencies in areas including, among others, health and safety, import/export and environmental. A portion of the Company’s operations are subject to regulation by the United States Food and Drug Administration and similar foreign agencies. These regulations are complex and govern an array of product activities, including design, development, labeling, manufacturing, promotion, sales and distribution. Any failure by the Company to comply with applicable government regulations could result in product recalls, the imposition of fines, restrictions on the Company’s ability to conduct or expand its operations or the cessation of all or a portion of its operations.
 
Some of the Company’s operations are subject to domestic and international laws and regulations with respect to the manufacture, handling, use or sale of toxic or hazardous substances. This requires the Company to devote substantial resources to maintain compliance with those applicable laws and regulations. If the Company fails to comply with such requirements in the manufacture or distribution of its products, it could face civil and/or criminal penalties and potentially be prohibited from distributing or selling such products until they are compliant.
 
Some of the Company’s products are also subject to the rules of certain industrial standards bodies, such as the International Standards Organization. The Company must comply with these rules, as well as those of other agencies such as those of the United States Occupational Health and Safety Administration. Failure to comply with such rules could result in the loss of certification and/or the imposition of fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations.
 
Item 1B:    Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.


14


Table of Contents

Item 2:    Properties
 
Waters operates 23 United States facilities and 77 international facilities, including field offices. The Company believes its facilities are suitable and adequate for its current production level and for reasonable growth over the next several years. The Company’s primary facilities are summarized in the table below.
 
Primary Facility Locations
 
         
Location
  Function(1)   Owned/Leased
 
Franklin, MA
  D   Leased
Milford, MA
  M, R, S, A   Owned
Taunton, MA
  M, R   Owned
Nixa, MO
  M, S, D, A   Leased
Arvada, CO
  M, R, S, D, A   Leased
Lindon, UT
  M, R, S, D, A   Leased
St. Quentin, France
  S, A   Leased
Pittsburgh, PA
  M, R, S, D, A   Leased
New Castle, DE
  M, R, S, D, A   Owned
Etten-Leur, Netherlands
  S, D, A   Owned
Singapore
  R, S, D, A   Leased
Wexford, Ireland
  M, R, D, A   Owned
Crawley, England
  M, R, S, D, A   Leased
Cheshire, England
  M, R, D, A   Leased
Manchester, England
  M, R, S, A   Leased
Brasov, Romania
  R, A   Leased
 
 
(1) M = Manufacturing; R = Research; S = Sales and Service; D = Distribution; A = Administration
 
The Company operates and maintains 13 field offices in the United States and 67 field offices abroad in addition to sales offices in the primary facilities listed above. The Company’s field office locations are listed below.
 
Field Office Locations (2)
 
         
United States
  International
 
Pleasanton, CA
  Australia   Italy
Irvine, CA
  Austria   Japan
Newark, DE
  Belgium   Korea
Schaumburg, IL
  Brazil   Mexico
Wood Dale, IL
  Canada   Netherlands
Beverly, MA
  Czech Republic   People’s Republic of China
Columbia, MD
  Denmark   Poland
Ann Arbor, MI
  Finland   Puerto Rico
Morrisville, NC
  France   Spain
Parsippany, NJ
  Germany   Sweden
Huntingdon, PA
  Hungary   Switzerland
Bellaire, TX
  India   Taiwan
Spring, TX
  Ireland   United Kingdom
 
 
(2) The Company operates more than one office within certain states and foreign countries.


15


Table of Contents

 
Item 3:    Legal Proceedings
 
Agilent Technologies, Inc.
The Company filed suit in the United States against Hewlett-Packard Company and Hewlett-Packard GmbH (collectively, “HP”), seeking a declaration that certain products sold under the mark “Alliance” did not constitute an infringement of one or more patents owned by HP or its foreign subsidiaries (the “HP patents”). The action in the United States was dismissed for lack of controversy. Actions seeking revocation or nullification of foreign HP patents were filed by the Company in Germany, France and England. A German patent tribunal found the HP German patent to be valid. In Germany, France and England, HP and its successor, Agilent Technologies Deutschland GmbH (“Agilent”), brought actions alleging that certain features of the Alliance pump may infringe the HP patents. In England, the Court of Appeal found the HP patent valid and infringed. The Company’s petitions for leave to appeal to the House of Lords were denied. A trial on damages was scheduled for November 2004.
 
In March 2004, Agilent brought a new action against the Company alleging that certain features of the Alliance pump continued to infringe the HP patents. In December 2004, following a trial in the new action, the UK court ruled that the Company did not infringe the HP patents. Agilent filed an appeal in that action, which was heard in July 2005, and the UK Appellate Court upheld the lower court’s ruling of non-infringement. In December 2005, a trial on damages commenced in the first action and continued for six days prior to a holiday recess. In February 2006, the Company, HP and Agilent entered into a settlement agreement (the “Agilent Settlement Agreement”) with respect to the first action and a consent order dismissing the case was entered. The Agilent Settlement Agreement provides for the release of the Company and its UK affiliate from each and every claim under Agilent’s European patent (UK) number 309,596 arising out of the prior sale by either of them of Alliance Separations Modules incorporating the patented technology. In consideration of entering into the Agilent Settlement Agreement and the consent order, the Company made a payment to Agilent of 3.5 million British Pounds, in full and final settlement of Agilent’s claim for damages and in relation to all claims for costs and interest in the case.
 
In France, the Paris District Court found the HP patent valid and infringed by the Alliance pump. The Company appealed the French decision and, in April 2004, the French appeals court affirmed the Paris District Court’s finding of infringement. The Company filed a further appeal in the case and the appeal was dismissed in March 2007. In January 2009, the French appeals court affirmed that the Company had infringed the Agilent patent and a judgment was issued against the Company. The Company has appealed this judgment. In the meantime, however, the Company recorded a $7 million provision in 2008 for damages and fees estimated to be incurred in connection with this case. The accrued patent litigation expense is in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009. In addition, the Company sought a declaration from the French court that, as was found in both the UK and Germany, certain modified features of the Alliance pump do not infringe the HP patents. A hearing on this matter was held in September 2007 and, in December 2007, the French court held that the modified features of the Alliance pump are non-infringing. Agilent appealed this ruling and, in January 2010, the French appeals court affirmed the finding of non-infringement with respect to the modified features of the Alliance pump.
 
In the German case, a German court found the patent infringed. The Company appealed the German decision and, in December 2004, the German appeals court reversed the trial court and issued a finding of non-infringement in favor of the Company. Agilent sought an appeal in that action and the appeal was heard in April 2007. Following the hearing, the German Federal Court of Justice set aside the judgment of the appeals court and remanded the case back to the appeals court for further proceedings. In 2008, the appeals court found the patent infringed. The Company has appealed this finding to the German Federal Court of Justice. In July 2005, Agilent brought a new action against the Company alleging that certain features of the Alliance pump continued to infringe the HP patents. In August 2006, following a trial in this new action, the German court ruled that the Company did not infringe the HP patents. Agilent filed an appeal in this action. A hearing on this appeal was held in January 2008. The appeals court affirmed the finding of the trial court that the Company did not infringe. Agilent has appealed this finding to the German Federal Court of Justice.
 
The Company recorded provisions in 2004, 2005 and 2008 for estimated damages, legal fees and court costs to be incurred with respect to this ongoing litigation. The provisions represent management’s best estimate of the probable and reasonably estimable loss related to the litigations.


16


Table of Contents

City of Dearborn Heights
In November 2008, the City of Dearborn Heights Act 345 Police & Fire Retirement System filed a purported federal securities class action against the Company, Douglas Berthiaume and John Ornell in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. In January 2009, Inter-Local Pension Fund GCC/IBT filed a motion to be appointed as lead plaintiff, which was granted. In April 2009, plaintiff filed an amended complaint that alleges that between July 24, 2007 and January 22, 2008, the Company misrepresented or omitted material information about its projected annual revenues and earnings, its projected effective annual tax rate and the level of business activity in Japan. The action is purportedly brought on behalf of persons who purchased common stock of the Company between July 24, 2007 and January 22, 2008. The amended complaint seeks to recover under Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. The Company, Mr. Berthiaume and Mr. Ornell have filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint, which lead plaintiff opposed. The court has not yet indicated if it will hold oral argument on the pending motion. The Company intends to defend vigorously.
 
Item 4:    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
None.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
Officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board of Directors and hold office at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The following persons serve as executive officers of the Company:
 
Douglas A. Berthiaume, 61, has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company since February 1996 and has served as Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company since August 1994. Mr. Berthiaume also served as President of the Company from August 1994 to January 2002. In March 2003, Mr. Berthiaume once again became President of the Company. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Berthiaume served as President of the Waters Chromatography Division of Millipore. Mr. Berthiaume is the Chairman of the Children’s Hospital Trust Board, a Trustee of the Children’s Hospital Medical Center and The University of Massachusetts Amherst Foundation and a Director of Genzyme Corporation.
 
Arthur G. Caputo, 58, became an Executive Vice President in March 2003 and has served as President of the Waters Division since January 2002. Previously, he was the Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing of the Company since August 1994. He joined Millipore in October 1977 and held a number of positions in sales. Previous roles include Senior Vice President and General Manager of Millipore’s North American Business Operations responsible for establishing the Millipore North American Sales Subsidiary and General Manager of Waters’ North American field sales, support and marketing functions.
 
Elizabeth B. Rae, 52, became Vice President of Human Resources in October 2005 and has served as Vice President of Worldwide Compensation and Benefits since January 2002. She joined Waters Corporation in January 1996 as Director of Worldwide Compensation. Prior to joining Waters she has held senior human resources positions in retail, healthcare and financial services companies.
 
John Ornell, 52, became Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer in June 2001. He joined Millipore in 1990 and previously served as Vice President, Operations. During his years at Waters, he has also been Vice President of Manufacturing and Engineering, had responsibility for Operations Finance and Distribution and had a senior role in the successful implementation of the Company’s worldwide business systems.
 
Mark T. Beaudouin, 55, became Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company in April 2003. Prior to joining Waters, he served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of PAREXEL International Corporation, a bio/pharmaceutical services company, from January 2000 to April 2003. Previously, from May 1985 to January 2000, Mr. Beaudouin served in several senior legal management positions, including Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of BC International, Inc., a development stage biotechnology company, First Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of J. Baker, Inc., a diversified retail company, and General Counsel and Secretary of GenRad, Inc., a high technology test equipment manufacturer.


17


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5:    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The Company’s common stock is registered under the Exchange Act, and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WAT. As of February 22, 2010, the Company had 206 common stockholders of record. The Company has not declared or paid any dividends on its common stock in its past three fiscal years and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company has not made any sales of unregistered securities in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 or 2007.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
 
Equity compensation plan information is incorporated by reference from Part III, Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, of this document and should be considered an integral part of this Item 5.


18


Table of Contents

STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing.
 
The following graph compares the cumulative total return on $100 invested as of December 31, 2004 (the last day of public trading of the Company’s common stock in fiscal year 2004) through December 31, 2009 (the last day of public trading of the common stock in fiscal year 2009) in the Company’s common stock, the NYSE Market Index and the SIC Code 3826 Index. The return of the indices is calculated assuming reinvestment of dividends during the period presented. The Company has not paid any dividends since its IPO. The stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.
 
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN SINCE
DECEMBER 31, 2004 AMONG WATERS CORPORATION,
NYSE MARKET INDEX AND SIC CODE 3826 — LABORATORY ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTS
 
(GRAPH)
 
                                                             
      2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009
WATERS CORPORATION
      100.00         80.79         104.66         168.99         78.33         132.42  
SIC CODE INDEX
      100.00         103.14         117.60         149.42         82.93         130.87  
NYSE MARKET INDEX
      100.00         109.36         131.75         143.43         87.12         111.76  
                                                             


19


Table of Contents

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity
 
The quarterly range of high and low close prices for the Company’s common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange is as follows:
 
                 
    Price Range  
For the Quarter Ended
  High     Low  
 
March 29, 2008
  $ 80.77     $ 52.59  
June 28, 2008
  $ 65.17     $ 53.70  
September 27, 2008
  $ 70.19     $ 55.52  
December 31, 2008
  $ 58.18     $ 34.77  
April 4, 2009
  $ 41.76     $ 30.75  
July 4, 2009
  $ 51.52     $ 35.89  
October 3, 2009
  $ 56.30     $ 48.56  
December 31, 2009
  $ 62.58     $ 55.48  
 
Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer
 
The following table provides information about purchases by the Company during the three months ended December 31, 2009 of equity securities registered by the Company under the Exchange Act (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                 
                Total Number
       
                of Shares
    Maximum
 
    Total
          Purchased as Part
    Dollar Value of
 
    Number of
    Average
    of Publicly
    Shares that May Yet
 
    Shares
    Price Paid
    Announced
    Be Purchased Under
 
Period
  Purchased     per Share     Programs(1)     the Programs  
 
October 4 to October 31, 2009
        $           $ 397,287  
November 1 to November 28, 2009
    615       59.46       615       360,719  
November 29 to December 31, 2009
    292       60.13       292       343,161  
                                 
Total
    907       59.68       907       343,161  
                                 
 
 
(1) The Company purchased an aggregate of 3.1 million shares of its outstanding common stock during 2009 in open market transactions pursuant to a repurchase program that was announced in February 2009 (the “2009 Program”). The 2009 Program authorized the repurchase of up to $500 million of common stock in open market transactions over a two-year period.
 
The Company purchased an aggregate of 1.4 million shares of its outstanding common stock during 2009 in open market transactions pursuant to a repurchase program that was announced in February 2007 (the “2007 Program”). The 2007 Program authorized the repurchase of up to $500 million of common stock in open market transactions over a two-year period and expired in February 2009. The Company repurchased an aggregate of 8.2 million shares of its common stock under the 2007 Program for an aggregate of $454 million.
 
Item 6:    Selected Financial Data
 
Reference is made to information contained in the section entitled “Selected Financial Data” and is incorporated by reference from page 79 of this Form 10-K, included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, and should be considered an integral part of this Item 6.
 
Item 7:    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Business and Financial Overview
 
The Company’s sales were $1,499 million, $1,575 million and $1,473 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Sales declined 5% in 2009 as compared with 2008 and sales grew by 7% in 2008 as compared with 2007. Overall,


20


Table of Contents

the 2009 decline in sales is primarily due to lower instrument spending by the Company’s customers as a result of global economic recessionary conditions and, to a lesser extent, due to the effect of foreign currency translation, which lowered sales by 2% in 2009. Companies acquired in late 2008 and early 2009 added 2% to sales in 2009 as compared to 2008. 2009 instrument system sales declined 10% while recurring sales of chemistry consumables and service increased 2% as compared with 2008, primarily from the effect of acquisitions. The 2008 sales growth as compared to 2007 was primarily attributed to the Company’s introduction of new products, the increase in chemistry consumable and service sales and the effects of foreign currency translation.
 
A decline in sales, as compared to the corresponding quarter in the prior year, started in the fourth quarter of 2008 due to the global economic recession and continued into the first three quarters of 2009. This decline ended in the fourth quarter of 2009 when sales increased at a rate of 3% over the 2008 fourth quarter. The increase in the 2009 fourth quarter sales is attributed to favorable currency translation, the benefit from acquisitions, a slight improvement in global economic conditions and the introduction of new products.
 
During 2009, as compared to 2008, sales increased 1% in Asia (including Japan) while sales decreased 4% in the U.S., 9% in Europe and 12% in the rest of the world. The effect of currency translation decreased 2009 sales by 2%. During 2008, as compared to 2007, sales increased 1% in the U.S., 7% in Europe, 16% in Asia and 3% in the rest of the world. The effect of currency translation benefited 2008 sales by approximately 2%.
 
In 2009, as compared to 2008, sales to pharmaceutical and industrial and food safety customers decreased 4% and 11%, respectively. These decreases are primarily a result of reduced spending on instrument systems caused by the global economic recession and, to a lesser extent, the strengthening of the U.S. dollar in developing economies, including India, South America and Eastern Europe. Global sales to government and academic customers were 5% higher in 2009 and the increase can be primarily attributed to sales of the newly introduced mass spectrometry instrument systems, higher ACQUITY UPLC ® instrument system sales and global governmental stimulus spending programs. In 2008, as compared to 2007, global sales to pharmaceutical, industrial and food safety, and government and academic customers grew 3%, 13% and 10%, respectively. The increases were primarily attributable to the demand for the Company’s new products in the U.S. and Asia, new governmental regulatory testing requirements, higher awareness of food safety issues and higher chemistry consumable and service sales.
 
The Waters Division’s products and services primarily consist of high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), ultra performance liquid chromatography (“UPLC ® ” and together with HPLC, referred to as “LC”), mass spectrometry (“MS”) and chemistry consumable products and related services. The Waters Division sales decline of 4% in 2009 as compared with 2008 was primarily attributable to weaker demand for instrument systems due to the reduction in capital spending by the Company’s customers as a result of the global recession. The Waters Division’s recurring revenue growth from chemistry consumables and service was 2% in 2009 as compared to 2008, primarily from the effect of acquisitions. The Waters Division sales grew by 7% in 2008 as compared with 2007. The Waters Division sales growth in 2008 was strongly influenced by ACQUITY UPLC sales, shipments of new Synapt tm HDMS tm , Xevo tm TQ and Synapt tm MS systems and recurring revenue growth from the service and chemistry consumables business.
 
In February 2009, the Company acquired all of the remaining outstanding capital stock of Thar Instruments, Inc. (“Thar”), a privately-held global leader in the design, development and manufacture of analytical and preparative supercritical fluid chromatography and supercritical fluid extraction (“SFC”) systems, for $36 million in cash, including the assumption of $4 million of debt. The Company had previously made a $4 million equity investment in Thar in June 2007. Thar added approximately $17 million of product sales and was about neutral to earnings in 2009 after debt service costs. Recently acquired companies, both Thar and the 2008 acquisition of Analytical Products Group, Inc. (“APG”), added 2% to Waters Division’s sales in 2009.
 
The TA Division’s (“TA ® ”) products and services primarily consist of thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instrument systems and service sales. Sales for TA decreased by 11% in 2009 as compared to 2008. TA’s sales decline in 2009 can be primarily attributed to a decrease in spending by the Company’s industrial customers as a result of the global economic recession. The July 2008 acquisition of VTI Corporation (“VTI”) added 1% to TA’s sales in 2009 as compared to 2008. TA’s 2008 sales growth of 10% as compared to 2007 can be primarily attributed to new product introductions, the effect of foreign currency translation and the impact of acquisitions. Acquisitions


21


Table of Contents

and the effect of foreign currency translation added 3% and 2%, respectively, to TA’s 2008 sales as compared to 2007.
 
Operating income was $395 million, $390 million and $349 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The $5 million net increase in operating income in 2009 over 2008 is primarily a result of the following:
 
  •  Higher gross margins primarily from the net favorable effect of foreign currency translation;
 
  •  Favorable benefits from product sales mix whereas 2009 contained a higher level of higher margin chemistry consumables and service sales than 2008;
 
  •  Lower manufacturing costs; and
 
  •  Lower selling, administrative and research and development expenses achieved through tight controls of discretionary spending and lower incentive compensation.
 
These 2009 increases were partially offset by lower gross margin dollars from lower unit volume; lower prices resulting from competitive situations in certain geographies and the impact of $6 million of expense in connection with the TA building lease termination payment and $3 million of severance costs related to a restructuring in Europe.
 
The $41 million net increase in operating income in 2008 over 2007 is primarily the result of the benefits from an increase in sales volume, the favorable effect of foreign currency translation and the impact of a one-time $12 million expense recorded in 2007 related to a contribution into the Waters Employee Investment Plan. The 2008 increase was partially offset by a patent litigation provision of $7 million and a $9 million impact of an out-of-period capitalized software amortization adjustment recorded during 2008. During 2008, the Company identified errors originating in periods prior to the three months ended June 28, 2008. The errors primarily relate to (i) an overstatement of the Company’s income tax expense of $16 million as a result of errors in recording its income tax provision during the period from 2000 to March 29, 2008 and (ii) an understatement of amortization expense of $9 million for certain capitalized software. The Company incorrectly calculated its provision for income taxes by tax-effecting its tax liability utilizing a U.S. tax rate of 35% instead of an Irish tax rate of approximately 10%. In addition, the Company incorrectly accounted for Irish-based capitalized software and the related amortization expense as U.S. Dollar-denominated instead of Euro-denominated, resulting in an understatement of amortization expense and cumulative translation adjustment. For 2008, the errors reduced the Company’s effective tax rate by 4.0 percentage points.
 
In 2009, the Company recorded approximately $5 million of tax benefit associated with the reversal of a $5 million tax provision which was originally recorded in 2008 relating to the reorganization of certain foreign legal entities. The recognition of this tax benefit was a result of changes in income tax regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury in February 2009. The tax benefit recognized in 2009 decreased the Company’s effective tax rate by 1.2 percentage points for 2009. The one-time tax provision recorded in 2008 increased the Company’s effective tax rate by 1.4 percentage points in 2008.
 
Net income per diluted share was $3.34, $3.21 and $2.62 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Net income per diluted share grew at a rate of 4% in 2009 as compared with 2008 and 23% in 2008 as compared with 2007. Net income per diluted share was primarily impacted by the following factors in 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
  •  The benefits of a weaker British Pound on the Company’s manufacturing and operating costs.
 
  •  Lower net interest and lower weighted-average shares and equivalents, as a result of the Company’s share buyback program, increased net income per diluted share in both 2009 as compared with 2008 and in 2008 as compared with 2007.
 
  •  As described in the preceding paragraph, the $5 million tax benefit recorded in 2009 added $0.05 per diluted share to 2009 and the $5 million tax provision recorded in 2008 decreased net income per diluted share in 2008 by $0.05.
 
  •  The $6 million TA lease termination payment decreased the 2009 net income per diluted share by $0.04.


22


Table of Contents

 
  •  The impact of the 2008 out-of-period adjustments related to capitalized software amortization increased the 2008 net income per diluted share by $0.08.
 
  •  The one-time contribution to the Waters Employee Investment Plan decreased the 2007 net income per diluted share by $0.08.
 
  •  Higher effective tax rates, excluding the items described above, decreased net income per diluted share in 2009 as compared with 2008. Lower effective tax rates, excluding the items described above, increased net income per diluted share in 2008 as compared with 2007.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $418 million, $418 million and $371 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The 2009 cash provided by operating activities was consistent with the 2008 cash provided by operating activities despite the lower sales volume and the global economic recession. The $47 million increase in the operating cash flow in 2008 as compared to 2007 was primarily the result of higher net income and improved cash collections from customers, partially offset by a $13 million one-time transition benefit payment into the Waters Employee Investment Plan that was expensed in 2007, increases in inventory and the timing of payments to vendors.
 
Within cash flows used in investing activities, capital expenditures related to property, plant, equipment and software capitalization were $94 million, $69 million and $60 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in capital expenditures in 2009 is primarily attributed to $28 million spent to acquire land and construct a new TA facility, which was completed in 2009. In February 2009, the Company acquired all of the remaining outstanding capital stock of Thar for $36 million in cash. The Company made an equity investment in Thar in June 2007 for $4 million in cash. The Company continues to evaluate the acquisition of businesses, product lines and technologies to augment the Waters and TA operating divisions.
 
Within cash flows used in financing activities, the Company received $19 million, $29 million and $91 million of proceeds from stock plans in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Fluctuations in these amounts are primarily attributed to changes in the Company’s stock price and the expiration of stock option grants. In February 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $500 million of its outstanding common stock over a two-year period. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company repurchased 4.5 million, 4.1 million and 3.4 million shares at a cost of $210 million, $235 million and $201 million, respectively, under the February 2009 authorization and previously announced stock repurchase programs. The Company believes that it has the financial flexibility to fund these share repurchases given current cash and debt levels, as well as to invest in research, technology and business acquisitions to further grow the Company’s sales and profits.
 
In February 2010, the Company issued and sold five-year senior unsecured notes at an interest rate of 3.75% with a face value of $100 million. This debt matures in February 2015. In addition, in early March 2010, the Company expects to issue and sell ten-year senior unsecured notes at an interest rate of 5.00% with a face value of $100 million. This debt would mature in February 2020. The Company plans to use the proceeds from the issuance of these senior unsecured notes to repay other outstanding debt amounts and for general corporate purposes.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Net Sales
Net sales for 2009 and 2008 were $1,499 million and $1,575 million, respectively, a decrease of 5%. The effect of foreign currency translation lowered sales in 2009 by 2%. Product sales were $1,052 million and $1,140 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, a decrease of 8%. The decrease in product sales in 2009 as compared to 2008 was primarily due to the overall decline in Waters and TA instrument system sales due to lower spending by the Company’s customers as a result of the global economic recession and adverse effects from foreign currency translation. Service sales were $447 million and $435 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively, an increase of 3%. The increase in service sales in 2009 as compared with 2008 was primarily attributable to increased sales of service plans and billings to a higher installed base of customers.


23


Table of Contents

Waters Division Net Sales
The Waters Division net sales declined 4% in 2009 as compared to 2008. The effect of foreign currency translation negatively impacted the Waters Division across all product lines, resulting in a decline in total sales of 2%. The 2009 acquisition of Thar and 2008 acquisition of APG added 2% to sales in 2009.
 
Chemistry consumables sales in 2009 were comparable to 2008, with the effect of foreign currency translation negatively impacting chemistry consumable sales by 2%. Waters Division service sales grew 3% in 2009 due to increased sales of service plans and billings to a higher installed base of customers. The service sales growth rate was negatively impacted by 1% from the effect of foreign currency translation. Waters instrument system sales (LC and MS) declined by 9% in 2009. The decrease in instrument system sales is primarily attributable to weak industrial and pharmaceutical customer spending caused by the global recession. The effect of foreign currency translation negatively impacted the 2009 instrument system sales by 2%. Waters Division sales by product line in 2009 were 52% for instrument systems, 18% for chemistry consumables and 30% for service, as compared to 55% for instrument systems, 17% for chemistry consumables and 28% for service in 2008.
 
Waters Division sales in Europe declined 9%, primarily due to weak demand in Eastern Europe and the effects of foreign currency translation, which decreased 2009 sales in Europe by 6%. Waters Division sales in Asia increased 2% in 2009, with strong sales growth in China partially offset by weakness in other Asian markets. The effects of foreign currency translation increased Asia’s 2009 sales by 2%. Waters Division sales in the U.S. and the rest of the world declined 2% and 13%, respectively. The effects of foreign currency translation decreased 2009 sales in the rest of world by 3%.
 
TA Division Net Sales
TA’s sales were 11% lower in 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily as a result of weak instrument system demand from its industrial customers. Foreign currency translation had minimal impact on TA’s 2009 sales as compared to 2008. The 2008 acquisition of VTI added 1% to sales in 2009. Instrument system sales declined 15% in 2009 and represented 74% of sales in 2009 as compared to 78% in 2008. TA service sales increased by 4% in 2009 due to the increased sales of service plans and billings to a higher installed base of customers. Geographically, TA sales decreased in each market.
 
Gross Profit
Gross profit for 2009 was $904 million compared to $914 million for 2008, a decrease of $10 million, or 1%. Gross profit as a percentage of sales increased to 60.3% in 2009 compared to 58.0% for 2008. The decrease in gross profit dollars in 2009 can be primarily attributed to the lower sales volume and lower prices in certain geographies offset by the benefits from net favorable foreign currency translation, a favorable change in sales mix and lower manufacturing costs. Gross profit in 2008 also had a $9 million charge from out-of-period adjustments related to capitalized software amortization. During 2009, the Company’s gross profit as a percentage of sales benefited from the favorable movements in certain foreign exchange rates between the currencies where the Company manufactures and services products and the currencies where the sales were transacted, principally the Euro, Japanese Yen and British Pound. Gross profit as a percentage of sales was also primarily impacted by the change in sales mix, with 2009 containing a higher level of higher margin chemistry consumables and service sales than 2008.
 
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses for 2009 and 2008 were $421 million and $427 million, respectively, a decrease of 1%. The decrease in 2009 selling and administrative expenses is primarily due to tighter control of discretionary spending including no merit increase in 2009, lower incentive compensation and the comparative favorable impact of foreign currency translation. The 2009 decreases were offset by the impact of the $6 million expense incurred in connection with the TA lease termination payment. As a percentage of net sales, selling and administrative expenses were 28.1% for 2009 compared to 27.1% for 2008. This percentage increase can be attributed to the lower 2009 sales volume.


24


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses were $77 million and $82 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, a decrease of $5 million, or 5%. The decrease in research and development expenses in 2009 is primarily due to the comparative favorable impact of foreign currency translation.
 
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $11 million and $39 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in interest expense in 2009 is primarily attributable to a decrease in average borrowings, as well as significantly lower interest rates during 2009 as compared to 2008.
 
Interest Income
Interest income was $3 million and $21 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in interest income is primarily due to significantly lower yields during 2009 as compared to 2008, as well as lower average cash and short-term investment balances.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
The Company’s effective tax rates for 2009 and 2008 were 16.4% and 13.4%, respectively. Included in the income tax provision for 2009 is approximately $5 million of tax benefit relating to the reversal of a $5 million provision which was originally recorded in 2008 relating to the reorganization of certain foreign legal entities. The recognition of this tax benefit in 2009 was a result of changes in income tax regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury in February 2009. The $5 million tax benefit decreased the Company’s effective tax rate by 1.2 percentage points in 2009. The one-time provision increased the Company’s effective tax rate by 1.4 percentage points in 2008. In addition, the effective tax rate for 2008 included a $16 million benefit resulting from out-of-period adjustments related to software capitalization amortization. The out-of-period adjustments had the effect of reducing the Company’s effective tax rate by 4.0 percentage points in 2008. After consideration of these items, the remaining change in the effective tax rates for 2009 as compared to 2008 is primarily attributable to changes in income in jurisdictions with different effective tax rates.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Net Sales
Net sales for 2008 and 2007 were $1,575 million and $1,473 million, respectively, an increase of 7%. Foreign currency translation benefited sales growth for 2008 by 2%. Product sales were $1,140 million and $1,088 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, an increase of 5%. The increase in product sales was primarily due to the overall positive growth in Waters and TA instrument systems, chemistry consumables and foreign currency translation benefits. Service sales were $435 million and $385 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, an increase of 13%. The increase in service sales was primarily attributable to increased sales of service plans and billings to a higher installed base of customers and foreign currency translation benefits.
 
Waters Division Net Sales
The Waters Division net sales grew 7% in 2008 as compared to 2007. The effect of foreign currency translation benefited the Waters Division across all product lines, resulting in a benefit to total sales growth of 2%.
 
Chemistry consumables sales grew 9% in 2008 as compared to 2007. This growth was driven by increased column sales of ACQUITY UPLC proprietary column technology and sales of HPLC columns. Waters Division service sales grew 12% in 2008 due primarily to increased sales of service plans and billings to a higher installed base of customers. Waters instrument system sales grew 3% in 2008. The increase in instrument system sales during 2008 is primarily attributable to higher sales of ACQUITY UPLC, Synapt HDMS, Synapt MS and the Xevo TQ. Sales were negatively impacted by the slowdown in industrial customer spending which occurred during the fourth quarter of 2008 due to the economic recession. Waters Division sales by product line were essentially unchanged in 2008 and 2007 with instrument systems, chemistry consumables and service representing approximately 55%, 17% and 28% of sales, respectively.


25


Table of Contents

Geographically, Waters Division sales in Europe, Asia and the rest of the world grew approximately 6%, 17% and 4% in 2008, respectively. Sales in the U.S. were flat in 2008. The sales growth in 2008 was primarily due to higher demand from the Company’s government, academic and industrial customers. Asia’s sales growth was primarily driven by increased sales in India and China. The effects of foreign currency translation increased sales growth in Europe and Asia by 4% and 5% in 2008, respectively.
 
TA Division Net Sales
TA’s sales grew 10% in 2008 as compared to 2007 primarily as a result of new product introductions, acquisitions and the effect of foreign currency translation. The effect of foreign currency translation benefited the TA sales growth by 2% in 2008 as compared to 2007. Instrument system sales grew 6% and represented approximately 78% and 81% of sales in 2008 and 2007, respectively. TA service sales grew 27% in 2008 and can be primarily attributed to a higher installed base of customers and new service sales to the customers of recently acquired companies. Geographically, sales growth for TA in 2008 was predominantly in the U.S., Europe and Asia. The July 2008 VTI acquisition and the August 2007 acquisition of CSC added 3% to TA’s sales growth for 2008.
 
Gross Profit
Gross profit for 2008 was $914 million compared to $842 million for 2007, an increase of $72 million, or 9%. Gross profit as a percentage of sales increased to 58.0% in 2008 compared to 57.2% in 2007. This increase is primarily due to higher sales volume, increased comparative benefits of foreign currency translation and, to a lesser extent, lower manufacturing costs. Also, the overall gross profit increase was negatively impacted by a $9 million out-of-period capitalized software amortization adjustment recorded during 2008. The gross profit increase can also be attributed to a $3 million expense recorded in 2007 relating to the contribution into the Waters Employee Investment Plan.
 
Selling and Administrative Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses for 2008 and 2007 were $427 million and $404 million, respectively, an increase of 6%. Included in selling and administrative expenses for 2007 is the impact of a one-time $7 million expense related to the contribution into the Waters Employee Investment Plan. The remaining $16 million increase in total selling and administrative expenses for 2008 is primarily due to annual merit increases, modest headcount additions to support increased sales volume and the comparative unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation. As a percentage of net sales, selling and administrative expenses were 27.1% for 2008 compared to 27.4% for 2007.
 
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses were $82 million and $81 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, an increase of $1 million, or 1%. Included in research and development expenses for 2007 is $2 million of expense related to the contribution into the Waters Employee Investment Plan. The remaining increase in research and development expenses for 2008 is primarily due to the timing of new product introduction costs, annual merit increases and modest headcount additions.
 
Litigation Provision
The Company recorded a $7 million provision in 2008 for damages and fees estimated to be incurred in connection with a judgment issued against the Company relating to an ongoing patent infringement lawsuit with Agilent Technologies Inc.
 
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $39 million and $57 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in interest expense is primarily attributable to a decrease in average borrowing costs and lower average borrowings during 2008 as compared to 2007.
 
Interest Income
Interest income was $21 million and $31 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in interest income is primarily due to lower yields and lower cash and short-term investment balances.


26


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes
The Company’s effective tax rates for 2008 and 2007 were 13.4% and 17.1%, respectively. Included in the income tax provision for 2008 is approximately $5 million of tax provision associated with the reorganization of certain foreign legal entities. This one-time provision increased the Company’s effective tax rate by 1.4 percentage points in 2008. In addition, the effective tax rate for 2008 included a $16 million benefit resulting from out-of-period adjustments related to software capitalization amortization. The out-of-period adjustments had the effect of reducing the Company’s effective tax rate by 4.0 percentage points in 2008. The 2007 tax provision includes a $4 million tax benefit associated with a one-time contribution into the Waters Employee Investment Plan. The remaining decrease in the effective tax rate for 2008 is primarily attributable to proportionately greater growth in income in jurisdictions with comparatively lower effective tax rates.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Net income
  $ 323,313     $ 322,479     $ 268,072  
Depreciation and amortization
    57,272       65,271       53,317  
Stock-based compensation
    28,255       30,782       28,855  
Deferred income taxes
    36,276       (19,626 )     5,946  
Change in accounts receivable
    (16,905 )     21,739       (26,266 )
Change in inventories
    (6,823 )     (20,618 )     (6,368 )
Change in accounts payable and other current liabilities
    (10,830 )     (19,970 )     32,309  
Change in deferred revenue and customer advances
    2,613       1,976       6,244  
Other changes
    5,092       36,215       8,398  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    418,263       418,248       370,507  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (419,028 )     18,811       (167,907 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (90,280 )     (572,938 )     (119,686 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    3,634       (32,932 )     253  
                         
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ (87,411 )   $ (168,811 )   $ 83,167  
                         
 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $418 million in both 2009 and 2008. The changes within net cash provided from operating activities in 2009 as compared to 2008 include the following significant changes in the sources and uses of net cash provided by operating activities, aside from the increase in net income:
 
  •  The change in accounts receivable in 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily attributable to the timing of payments made by customers and the lower sales volume in 2009 as compared to 2008. Days-sales-outstanding (“DSO”) increased to 67 days at December 31, 2009 from 63 days at December 31, 2008.
 
  •  The change in inventories in 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily attributable to the decrease in sales volume.
 
  •  The 2009 change in accounts payable and other current liabilities includes a $6 million litigation payment, which was accrued in 2008. In 2009, the Company also made a $6 million payment to terminate the lease on the old TA facility. In addition, accounts payable and other current liabilities changed as a result of the timing of payments to vendors and lower incentive compensation accruals.
 
  •  Net cash provided from deferred revenue and customer advances in 2009 and 2008 was a result of the installed base of customers renewing annual service contracts.


27


Table of Contents

 
  •  Other changes are comprised of the timing of various provisions, expenditures and accruals in other current assets, other assets and other liabilities.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $418 million and $371 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The $47 million increase in net cash provided from operating activities in 2008 as compared to 2007 is attributed primarily to the following significant changes in the sources and uses of net cash provided from operating activities, aside from the increase in net income:
 
  •  The change in accounts receivable in 2008 compared to 2007 is primarily attributable to the timing of payments made by customers and the higher sales volume in 2008 as compared to 2007. DSO decreased to 63 days at December 31, 2008 from 66 days at December 31, 2007.
 
  •  The change in inventories in 2008 and 2007 is attributable to the increase in sales volume and an increase in ACQUITY UPLC and new mass spectrometry and TA products.
 
  •  The 2008 change in accounts payable and other current liabilities includes a $13 million one-time transition pension benefit payment into the Waters Employee Investment Plan. The 2007 change in accounts payable and other current liabilities includes the accrual related to the one-time transition benefit. In addition, accounts payable and other current liabilities changed as a result of the timing of payments to vendors.
 
  •  Net cash provided from deferred revenue and customer advances in both 2008 and 2007 was a result of the installed base of customers renewing annual service contracts.
 
  •  Other changes are comprised of the timing of various provisions, expenditures and accruals in other current assets, other assets and other liabilities.
 
Cash Used in Investing Activities
 
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $419 million in 2009. Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $19 million in 2008. Net cash used in investing activities totaled $168 million in 2007. Additions to fixed assets and capitalized software were $94 million in 2009, $69 million in 2008 and $60 million in 2007. The increase in capital spending in 2009 can be attributed primarily to $28 million spent to acquire land and construct a new TA facility, which was completed in 2009. Capital spending returned to 2008 levels beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009; however, capital spending may increase periodically in the future in order to fund other facility expansions to accommodate future sales growth. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company purchased $518 million, $20 million and $391 million of short-term investments, respectively, while $229 million, $115 million and $295 million of short-term investments matured, respectively. Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired, were $36 million, $8 million and $9 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Cash Used in Financing Activities
 
In February 2010, the Company issued and sold five-year senior unsecured notes at an interest rate of 3.75% with a face value of $100 million. This debt matures in February 2015. In addition, in early March 2010, the Company expects to issue and sell ten-year senior unsecured notes at an interest rate of 5.00% with a face value of $100 million. This debt would mature in February 2020. The Company plans to use the proceeds from the issuance of these senior unsecured notes to repay other outstanding debt amounts and for general corporate purposes. Interest on both issuances of the senior unsecured notes are payable semi-annually in February and August of each year. The Company may redeem some or all of the notes at any time in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus the applicable make-whole amount. These notes require that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, respectively. In addition, these notes include negative covenants that are similar to the existing credit agreement. These notes also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.


28


Table of Contents

During 2009, the Company’s net debt borrowings increased by $92 million. During 2008 and 2007, the Company’s net debt borrowings decreased $348 million and $19 million, respectively.
 
In March 2008, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2008 Credit Agreement”) that provided for a $150 million term loan facility. In January 2007, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2007 Credit Agreement”) that provides for a $500 million term loan facility and $600 million in revolving facilities, which include both a letter of credit and a swingline subfacility. Both credit agreements were to mature on January 11, 2012 and required or require no scheduled prepayments before that date. The Company uses the revolving line of credit to fund its working capital needs.
 
In October 2008, the Company utilized cash balances associated with the effective liquidation of certain foreign legal entities into the U.S. to voluntarily prepay the $150 million term loan under the 2008 Credit Agreement. The repayment of the term loan effectively terminated all lending arrangements under the 2008 Credit Agreement.
 
The interest rates applicable to the 2007 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 1 / 2 %) or the applicable 1, 2, 3, 6, 9 or 12 month LIBOR rate, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 33 basis points and 72.5 basis points for LIBOR rate loans and range between zero basis points and 37.5 basis points for base rate loans. The 2007 Credit Agreement requires that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.25:1 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, respectively. In addition, the 2007 Credit Agreement includes negative covenants that are customary for investment grade credit facilities. The 2007 Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had a total of $620 million borrowed under the 2007 Credit Agreement. The Company had $500 million classified as long-term debt and $120 million classified as short-term debt from this credit agreement and various other lines of credit. The Company has classified the revolving portion of the credit agreement as short-term debt as it is the Company’s intention to pay the outstanding revolving line of credit balance during the subsequent twelve months following the respective period end date. As of December 31, 2009, the total amount available to borrow under the 2007 Credit Agreement was $479 million after outstanding letters of credit.
 
In February 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $500 million of its outstanding common stock over a two-year period. During 2009, the Company repurchased 3.1 million shares at a cost of $157 million under this program, leaving $343 million authorized for future repurchases. The Company repurchased 4.5 million, 4.1 million and 3.4 million shares at a cost of $210 million, $235 million and $201 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, under the February 2009 authorization and previously announced programs.
 
The Company received $19 million, $29 million and $91 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and the purchase of shares pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Fluctuations in these amounts are primarily attributed to the changes in the Company’s stock price and the expiration of stock option grants.
 
The Company believes that the cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments balance of $630 million as of December 31, 2009 and expected cash flow from operating activities, together with borrowing capacity from committed credit facilities, will be sufficient to fund working capital, capital spending requirements, authorized share repurchase amounts, potential acquisitions and any adverse final determination of ongoing litigation for at least the next twelve months. Management believes, as of the date of this report, that its financial position, along with expected future cash flows from earnings based on historical trends and the ability to raise funds from external sources, will be sufficient to meet future operating and investing needs for the foreseeable future.
 
The Company’s cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments, with original maturities of generally 90 days or less, in bank deposits; U.S., German, French and Dutch Government Treasury Bills; AAA rated U.S. Treasury Bills and European government bond money market funds. Similar investments with longer maturities are classified as short-term investments. Cash equivalents and short-term investments are convertible


29


Table of Contents

to a known amount of cash and carry an insignificant risk of change in market value. The Company maintains balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits, and in foreign subsidiary accounts in currencies other than U.S. dollars.
 
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
 
The following is a summary of the Company’s known contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                                                                 
    Payments Due by Year  
Contractual Obligations (1)
  Total     2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     After 2015  
 
Notes payable and debt
  $ 131,772     $ 131,772     $     $     $     $     $     $  
Long-term debt
    500,000                   500,000                          
Operating leases
    83,968       24,039       19,031       14,259       8,934       6,438       4,902       6,365  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 715,740     $ 155,811     $ 19,031     $ 514,259     $ 8,934     $ 6,438     $ 4,902     $ 6,365  
                                                                 
 
                                                                 
    Amount of Commitments Expiration Per Period  
Other Commercial Commitments
  Total     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     After 2014  
 
Letters of credit
  $ 1,437     $ 1,437     $     $     $     $     $     $  
 
(1) Does not include normal purchases made in the ordinary course of business.
 
The interest rates applicable to the 2007 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 1 / 2 %) or the applicable 1, 2, 3, 6, 9 or 12 month LIBOR rate, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 33 basis points and 72.5 basis points for LIBOR rate loans and range between zero basis points and 37.5 basis points for base rate loans. At current and long-term debt levels and interest rates consistent with those at December 31, 2009, the Company’s interest expense would be approximately $5 million annually, which is not disclosed in the above table.
 
The Company licenses certain technology and software from third parties, which expire at various dates through 2010. Fees paid for licenses were less than $1 million each in 2009, 2008 and 2007. Future minimum license fees payable under existing license agreements as of December 31, 2009 are immaterial.
 
From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it has meritorious arguments in its current litigation matters and any outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, will not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Current litigation is described in Item 3, Legal Proceedings, of Part I of this Form 10-K.
 
The Company has long-term liabilities for deferred employee compensation, including pension and supplemental executive retirement plans. The payments related to the supplemental retirement plan are not included above since they are dependent upon when the employee retires or leaves the Company and whether the employee elects lump-sum or annuity payments. During fiscal year 2010, the Company expects to contribute approximately $3 million to $5 million to the Company’s defined benefit plans. Capital expenditures in 2009 were higher than in 2008 primarily due to the $28 million spent to acquire land and construct a new TA facility, which was completed in 2009. Capital spending is expected to return to 2008 levels in 2010 and may increase periodically in the future in order to fund other facility expansions to accommodate future sales growth.
 
The Company accounts for its uncertain tax return reporting positions in accordance with the income taxes accounting standard, which requires financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax return reporting positions on the presumption that all relevant tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax reporting positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but it prohibits any discounting of any of the related tax effects for the time value of money. If all of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits accrued as of December 31, 2009 were to become recognizable in the future, the Company would record a total reduction of approximately $78 million in the income tax provision. The Company’s uncertain tax positions are taken with respect to income tax return reporting periods beginning after December 31, 1999, which are the periods


30


Table of Contents

that generally remain open to income tax audit examination by the various income tax authorities. As of December 31, 2009, the Company expects that a tax audit of one of the Company’s U.K. affiliates’ tax returns for 2003, 2004 and 2005 will be settled before December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2009, the Company does not expect the settlement of that audit to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company has monitored and will continue to monitor the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments for related changes in the measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, related net interest and penalties, and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Other than the aforementioned tax audit, as of December 31, 2009, the Company does not expect to record any material changes in the measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, related net interest and penalties or deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the settlement of tax audit examinations or to the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments within the next twelve months.
 
The Company has not paid any dividends and does not plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
The Company has not created, and is not party to, any special-purpose or off-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating parts of its business that are not consolidated (to the extent of the Company’s ownership interest therein) into the consolidated financial statements. The Company has not entered into any transactions with unconsolidated entities whereby it has subordinated retained interests, derivative instruments or other contingent arrangements that expose the Company to material continuing risks, contingent liabilities or any other obligation under a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to the Company.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Summary
The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities. Critical accounting policies are those that are central to the presentation of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations that require management to make estimates about matters that are highly uncertain and that would have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations given changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period or use of different estimates that reasonably could have been used in the current period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its policies and estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. There are other items within the Company’s consolidated financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical as defined above. Changes in estimates used in these and other items could potentially have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Revenue Recognition
Sales of products and services are generally recorded based on product shipment and performance of service, respectively. Proceeds received in advance of product shipment or performance of service are recorded as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales net of amounts invoiced to the customer per the order. The Company’s products generally carry one year of warranty. These costs are accrued at the point of shipment. Once the warranty period has expired, the customer may purchase a service contract. Service contract billings are generally invoiced to the customer at the beginning of the contract term and revenue is amortized on a straight-line basis over the contract term. At December 31, 2009, the Company had current and long-term deferred revenue liabilities of $95 million and $16 million, respectively.
 
Product shipments, including those for demonstration or evaluation, and service contracts are not recorded as revenues until a valid purchase order or master agreement is received specifying fixed terms and prices. Revenues are adjusted accordingly for changes in contract terms or if collectibility is not reasonably assured. The Company’s method of revenue recognition for certain products requiring installation is in accordance with accounting standards


31


Table of Contents

for revenue recognition. Accordingly, revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the vendor’s fee is fixed or determinable; collectibility is reasonably assured and, if applicable, upon acceptance when acceptance criteria with contractual cash holdback are specified. With respect to installation obligations, the larger of the contractual cash holdback or the fair value of the installation service is deferred when the product is shipped and revenue is recognized as a multiple-element arrangement when installation is complete. The Company determines the fair value of installation based upon a number of factors, including hourly service billing rates, estimated installation hours and comparisons of amounts charged by third parties. The Company believes that this amount approximates the amount that a third party would charge for the installation effort.
 
Sales of software are accounted for in accordance with the accounting standards for software revenue recognition. Software revenue is recognized upon shipment, as typically no significant post-delivery obligations remain. Software upgrades are typically sold as part of a service contract, with revenue recognized ratably over the term of the service contract.
 
Loss Provisions on Accounts Receivable and Inventory
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. The Company does not request collateral from its customers, but collectibility is enhanced through the use of credit card payments and letters of credit. The Company assesses collectibility based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, past transaction history with the customer, the credit-worthiness of the customer, industry trends and the macro-economic environment. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses. Sales returns and allowances are estimates of future product returns related to current period revenue. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of revenue for any period if management made different judgments or utilized different estimates for sales returns and allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company’s accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2009 was $314 million, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $7 million.
 
The Company values all of its inventories at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis (“FIFO”). The Company estimates revisions to its inventory valuations based on technical obsolescence; historical demand; projections of future demand, including that in the Company’s current backlog of orders; and industry and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. The Company’s inventory balance at December 31, 2009 was $179 million, net of write-downs to net realizable value of $13 million.
 
Long-Lived Assets, Intangible Assets and Goodwill
The Company assesses the impairment of identifiable intangibles, long-lived assets and goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors the Company considers important which could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
  •  significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;
 
  •  significant negative industry or economic trends; and,
 
  •  significant changes or developments in strategic technological collaborations or legal matters which affect the Company’s capitalized patents, trademarks and intellectual properties, such as licenses.
 
When the Company determines that the carrying value of an individual intangible asset, long-lived asset or goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators, an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows produced by that intangible asset, long-lived asset or goodwill, including its eventual residual value, is compared to the carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the asset, the asset is written-down to its estimated fair value. Net intangible assets, long-lived assets and goodwill amounted to $182 million, $211 million and $293 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. The Company performs annual impairment reviews of its goodwill. The Company performed its annual review during the fourth quarter of 2009 and currently


32


Table of Contents

does not expect to record an impairment charge in the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that, at the time future reviews are completed, a material impairment charge will not be recorded.
 
Warranty
Product warranties are recorded at the time revenue is recognized for certain product shipments. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from the Company’s previous estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s warranty liability was $10 million.
 
Income Taxes
As part of the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves the Company estimating its actual current tax exposure together with assessing changes in temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as depreciation, amortization and inventory reserves, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, or the Company adjusts these estimates in future periods, the Company may need to establish an additional valuation allowance which could materially impact its financial position and results of operations.
 
The accounting standard for income taxes requires that a company continually evaluate the necessity of establishing or changing a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, depending on whether it is more likely than not that actual benefit of those assets will be realized in future periods. In addition, the Company accounts for its uncertain tax return reporting positions in accordance with the income taxes accounting standard, which requires financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax return reporting positions on the presumption that all relevant tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax reporting positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but it prohibits any discounting of any of the related tax effects for the time value of money. At December 31, 2009, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $78 million.
 
Litigation
As described in Item 3, Legal Proceedings, of Part I of this Form 10-K, the Company is a party to various pending litigation matters. With respect to each pending claim, management determines whether it can reasonably estimate whether a loss is probable and, if so, the probable range of that loss. If and when management has determined, with respect to a particular claim, both that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the range of that loss, the Company records a charge equal to either its best estimate of that loss or the lowest amount in that probable range of loss. The Company will disclose additional exposures when the range of loss is subject to considerable interpretation.
 
With respect to the claims referenced in Item 3, management of the Company to date has been able to make this determination and thus has recorded charges with respect to the claims described in Item 3. As developments occur in these matters and additional information becomes available, management of the Company will reassess the probability of any losses and of their range, which may result in its recording charges or additional charges which could materially impact the Company’s results of operation or financial position.
 
Pension and Other Retirement Benefits
Assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations and the fair values of plan assets for the Company’s pension plans and other retirement benefits are evaluated periodically by management. Changes in assumptions are based on relevant company data. Critical assumptions, such as the discount rate used to measure the benefit obligations and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, are evaluated and updated annually. The Company has assumed that the weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets will be 7.95% for its U.S. benefit plans and 3.34% for its Non-U.S. benefit plans.


33


Table of Contents

At the end of each year, the Company determines the discount rate that reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled. The Company determined the discount rate based on the analysis of the Mercer and Citigroup Pension Discount Curves for high quality investments and the Moody’s Aa interest rate as of December 31, 2009 that best matched the timing of the plan’s future cash flows for the period to maturity of the pension benefits. Once the interest rates were determined, the plan’s cash flow was discounted at the spot interest rate back to the measurement date. At December 31, 2009, the Company determined the weighted-average discount rate to be 5.95% for the U.S. benefit plans and 4.05% for the Non-U.S. benefits plans.
 
A one-quarter percentage point increase in the discount rate would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost for the Waters Retirement Plan by less than $1 million. A one-quarter percentage point increase in the assumed long-term rate of return would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost for the Waters Retirement Plan by less than $1 million.
 
Stock-based Compensation
The accounting standard for stock-based compensation requires that all share-based payments to employees be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. The Company has used the Black-Scholes model to determine the fair value of its stock option awards. Under the fair-value recognition provisions of this statement, share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating stock price volatility and employee stock option exercise behaviors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is based on awards that ultimately are expected to vest, the amount of expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. This accounting standard requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience. If factors change and the Company employs different assumptions in the application of this accounting standard, the compensation expense that the Company records in the future periods may differ significantly from what the Company has recorded in the current period.
 
The Company adopted the modified prospective transition method permitted under the stock-based compensation accounting standard and, consequently, has not adjusted results from prior years. Under the modified transition method, compensation costs now include expense relating to the remaining unvested awards granted prior to December 31, 2005 and the expense related to any awards issued subsequent to December 31, 2005. The Company recognizes the expense using the straight-line attribution method.
 
As of December 31, 2009, unrecognized compensation costs and related weighted-average lives over which the costs will be amortized were as follows (in millions):
 
                 
    Unrecognized
       
    Compensation
    Weighted-Average
 
    Costs     Life in Years  
 
Stock options
  $ 36       3.4  
Restricted stock units
  $ 27       3.2  
Restricted stock
  $ < 1       1.5  
                 
Total
  $ 63       3.3  
                 
 
Recent Accounting Standards Changes
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In June 2009, a new accounting standard was issued that establishes the hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that are to be used as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for non-governmental entities in preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP in the United States. This standard was effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard by the Company did not have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


34


Table of Contents

In August 2009, a new accounting standard was issued for measuring liabilities at fair value. This standard provides clarification that, in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following methods: (1) a valuation technique that uses (a) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or (b) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; and/or (2) a valuation technique that is consistent with GAAP. This standard also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to adjust to include inputs relating to the existence of transfer restrictions on that liability. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In April 2009, a new accounting standard was issued to provide greater clarity about the credit and noncredit component of an other-than-temporary impairment event and to more effectively communicate when an other-than-temporary impairment event has occurred. This standard applies to debt securities. This standard was effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In April 2009, a new accounting standard was issued to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim as well as in annual financial statements. This standard was effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company implemented the newly issued subsequent events accounting standard. This standard establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued. The adoption of this standard did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations. The Company evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after December 31, 2009 up through February 26, 2010, the date the Company issued these financial statements. During this period, the Company did not have any material recognizable subsequent events which have not been disclosed.
 
In December 2008, a new accounting standard was issued relating to the employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. This requirement amends the previous accounting standard to provide guidance on employers’ disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This new standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The provisions of this new standard are not required for earlier periods presented and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have an effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2009, a new accounting standard was issued relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities. This statement addresses (1) the effects on certain provisions on existing accounting standards as a result of the elimination of the qualifying special-purpose entity concept and (2) constituent concerns about the application of certain key provisions of existing accounting standards, including those in which the accounting and disclosures under existing accounting standards do not always provide timely and useful information about an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity. This standard is effective for periods beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In October 2009, a new accounting consensus was issued for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. This consensus amends existing revenue recognition accounting standards. This consensus provides accounting principles and application guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the arrangement should be separated and the consideration allocated. This guidance eliminates the requirement to establish the fair value of undelivered products and services and instead provides for separate revenue recognition based upon management’s estimate of the selling price for an undelivered item when there is no other means to determine the fair value of that undelivered item. Previously the existing accounting consensus required that the fair value of the undelivered item be the price of the item either sold in a separate transaction between unrelated third parties or the price charged for each item when the item is sold separately by the vendor. Under the existing accounting consensus, if the fair value of all of the


35


Table of Contents

elements in the arrangement was not determinable, then revenue was deferred until all of the items were delivered or fair value was determined. This new approach is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company is in the process of evaluating whether the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In October 2009, a new accounting consensus was issued for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. This consensus amends the existing accounting guidance for revenue arrangements that contain tangible products and software. This consensus requires that tangible products which contain software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible products essential functionality are no longer within the scope of the software revenue guidance. This new approach is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company is in the process of evaluating whether the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Item 7A:    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
The Company operates on a global basis and is exposed to the risk that its earnings, cash flows and stockholders’ equity could be adversely impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company attempts to minimize its exposures by using certain financial instruments, for purposes other than trading, in accordance with the Company’s overall risk management guidelines.
 
The Company is primarily exposed to currency exchange-rate risk with respect to certain inter-company balances, forecasted transactions and cash flow, and net assets denominated in Euro, Japanese Yen, British Pound and Singapore Dollar. The Company manages its foreign currency exposures on a consolidated basis, which allows the Company to analyze exposures globally and take into account offsetting exposures in certain balances. In addition, the Company utilizes derivative and non-derivative financial instruments to further reduce the net exposure to currency fluctuations.
 
The Company is also exposed to the risk that its earnings and cash flows could be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. The Company’s policy is to manage interest costs by using a mix of fixed and floating rate debt that management believes is appropriate. At times, to manage this mix in a cost efficient manner, the Company has periodically entered into interest rate swaps in which the Company agrees to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and floating interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional amount.
 
Hedge Transactions
The Company records its hedge transactions in accordance the accounting standard for derivative instruments and hedging activities, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value as either assets or liabilities. If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged item affects earnings; ineffective portions of changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. In addition, disclosures required for derivative instruments and hedging activities include the Company’s objectives for using derivative instruments, the level of derivative activity the Company engages in, as well as how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect the Company’s financial position and performance.
 
The Company currently uses derivative instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency and interest rate risks. The Company’s objectives for holding derivatives are to minimize foreign currency and interest rate risk using the most effective methods to eliminate or reduce the impact of foreign currency and interest rate exposures. The Company documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items and links all derivatives designated as fair-value, cash flow or net investment hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the consolidated


36


Table of Contents

balance sheets or to specific forecasted transactions. In addition, the Company considers the impact of its counterparties’ credit risk on the fair value of the contracts as well as the ability of each party to execute under the contracts. The Company also assesses and documents, both at the hedges’ inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows associated with the hedged items.
 
Cash Flow Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk to earnings associated with fluctuations in interest rates related to outstanding U.S. dollar floating rate debt. In August 2007, the Company entered into two floating-to-fixed-rate interest rate swaps, each with a notional amount of $50 million and maturity dates of April 2009 and October 2009, to hedge floating rate debt related to the term loan facility of its outstanding debt. At December 31, 2009, the Company had no outstanding interest rate swap agreements. At both December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had a $2 million liability in other current liabilities in the consolidated balances sheets related to the interest rate swap agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded a change of $2 million in accumulated other comprehensive income on these interest rate swap agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded a cumulative net pre-tax unrealized loss of $1 million and $2 million in accumulated other comprehensive income, respectively, on these interest rate swap agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded additional interest expense of $2 million, $1 million and less than $1 million, respectively.
 
Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
The Company has operations in various countries and currencies throughout the world, with approximately 33% of its sales denominated in Euros, 11% in Japanese Yen and smaller sales exposures in other currencies in 2009. As a result, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows can be affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company uses cross-currency interest rate swaps, forward contracts and range forward contracts to hedge its stockholders’ equity balance from the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. These agreements are designated as foreign currency hedges of a net investment in foreign operations. Any increase or decrease in the fair value of cross-currency interest rate swap agreements, forward contracts or range forward contracts is offset by the change in the value of the hedged net assets of the Company’s consolidated foreign affiliates. Therefore, these derivative instruments are intended to serve as an effective hedge of certain foreign net assets of the Company.
 
During 2007, the Company hedged its net investment in Euro foreign affiliates with cross-currency interest rate swaps, with notional values ranging from $20 million to $50 million. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no outstanding cross-currency interest rate swap contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax losses of $10 million in accumulated other comprehensive income, which consists of realized losses of $10 million.
 
Other
The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts, principally to hedge the impact of currency fluctuations on certain inter-company balances and short-term assets and liabilities. Principal hedged currencies include the Euro, Japanese Yen, British Pound and Singapore Dollar. The periods of these forward contracts typically range from one to three months and have varying notional amounts which are intended to be consistent with changes in the underlying exposures. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company held forward foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts totaling approximately $138 million, $120 million and $101 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had liabilities of less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively, in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets related to the foreign currency exchange contracts. At December 31, 2007, the Company had assets of less than $1 million in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets related to the foreign currency exchange contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax gains of $7 million, which consists of realized gains of $5 million relating to the closed forward contracts and $2 million of unrealized gains relating to the open forward contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax


37


Table of Contents

losses of $23 million, which consists of realized losses of $22 million relating to the closed forward contracts and $1 million of unrealized losses relating to the open forward contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax gains of $2 million, which consists of realized gains of $3 million relating to the closed forward contracts and $1 million of unrealized losses relating to the open forward contracts.
 
Assuming a hypothetical adverse change of 10% in year-end exchange rates (a strengthening of the U.S. dollar), the fair market value of the forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2009 would decrease pre-tax earnings by approximately $14 million.
 
The Company is exposed to the risk of interest rate fluctuations from the investments of cash generated from operations. The Company’s cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments, with original maturities of generally 90 days or less, in bank deposits; U.S., German, French and Dutch Government Treasury Bills; AAA rated U.S. Treasury Bills and European government bond money market funds. Similar investments with longer maturities are classified as short-term investments. Cash equivalents and short-term investments are convertible to a known amount of cash and carry an insignificant risk of change in market value. The Company maintains balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits, and in foreign subsidiary accounts in currencies other than U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has no holdings in auction rate securities or commercial paper issued by structured investment vehicles, collateralized debt obligation conduits or asset-backed conduits.
 
The Company’s cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are not subject to significant interest rate risk due to the short maturities of these instruments. As of December 31, 2009, the carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value.


38


Table of Contents

Item 8:    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework , our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.
 
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.


39


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Waters Corporation
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Waters Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
As discussed in Notes 6 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements, respectively, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for business combinations effective January 1, 2009 and uncertain tax positions effective January 1, 2007.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
February 26, 2010


40


Table of Contents

 
WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
                 
    December 31  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 341,111     $ 428,522  
Short-term investments
    289,146        
Accounts receivable, less allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $6,723 and $7,608 at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    314,247       291,763  
Inventories
    178,666       173,051  
Other current assets
    49,206       62,966  
                 
Total current assets
    1,172,376       956,302  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    210,926       171,588  
Intangible assets, net
    182,165       149,652  
Goodwill
    293,077       268,364  
Other assets
    49,387       76,992  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,907,931     $ 1,622,898  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Notes payable and debt
  $ 131,772     $ 36,120  
Accounts payable
    49,573       47,240  
Accrued employee compensation
    37,050       43,535  
Deferred revenue and customer advances
    94,680       87,492  
Accrued income taxes
    13,267        
Accrued warranty
    10,109       10,276  
Other current liabilities
    58,117       64,843  
                 
Total current liabilities
    394,568       289,506  
Long-term liabilities:
               
Long-term debt
    500,000       500,000  
Long-term portion of retirement benefits
    69,044       77,017  
Long-term income tax liability
    72,604       80,310  
Other long-term liabilities
    22,766       15,060  
                 
Total long-term liabilities
    664,414       672,387  
                 
Total liabilities
    1,058,982       961,893  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8, 9, 10, 11 and 15)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
           
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 400,000 shares authorized, 148,831 and 148,069 shares issued, 94,118 and 97,891 shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    1,488       1,481  
Additional paid-in capital
    808,345       756,499  
Retained earnings
    2,236,716       1,913,403  
Treasury stock, at cost, 54,713 and 50,178 shares at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    (2,213,174 )     (2,001,797 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    15,574       (8,581 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    848,949       661,005  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,907,931     $ 1,622,898  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


41


Table of Contents

 
WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Product sales
  $ 1,051,978     $ 1,139,886     $ 1,087,592  
Service sales
    446,722       435,238       385,456  
                         
Total net sales
    1,498,700       1,575,124       1,473,048  
Cost of product sales
    406,681       457,886       441,877  
Cost of service sales
    188,201       203,380       189,245  
                         
Total cost of sales
    594,882       661,266       631,122  
                         
Gross profit
    903,818       913,858       841,926  
Selling and administrative expenses
    421,403       426,699       403,703  
Research and development expenses
    77,154       81,588       80,649  
Purchased intangibles amortization
    10,659       9,290       8,695  
Litigation provisions (Note 10)
          6,527        
                         
Operating income
    394,602       389,754       348,879  
Interest expense
    (10,986 )     (38,521 )     (56,515 )
Interest income
    3,036       20,959       30,828  
                         
Income from operations before income taxes
    386,652       372,192       323,192  
Provision for income taxes
    63,339       49,713       55,120  
                         
Net income
  $ 323,313     $ 322,479     $ 268,072  
                         
Net income per basic common share
  $ 3.37     $ 3.25     $ 2.67  
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
    95,797       99,199       100,500  
Net income per diluted common share
  $ 3.34     $ 3.21     $ 2.62  
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
    96,862       100,555       102,505  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


42


Table of Contents

 
WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 323,313     $ 322,479     $ 268,072  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provisions for doubtful accounts on accounts receivable
    3,124       3,924       1,382  
Provisions on inventory
    9,952       10,632       6,024  
Stock-based compensation
    28,255       30,782       28,855  
Deferred income taxes
    36,276       (19,626 )     5,946  
Depreciation
    31,805       29,071       27,467  
Amortization of intangibles
    25,467       36,200       25,850  
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
                       
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
    (16,905 )     21,739       (26,266 )
Increase in inventories
    (6,823 )     (20,618 )     (6,368 )
Decrease (increase) in other current assets
    5,925       (4,633 )     (3,032 )
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (689 )     5,180       (6,600 )
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and other current liabilities
    (10,830 )     (19,970 )     32,309  
Increase in deferred revenue and customer advances
    2,613       1,976       6,244  
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (13,220 )     21,112       10,624  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    418,263       418,248       370,507  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Additions to property, plant, equipment and software capitalization
    (93,796 )     (69,065 )     (60,342 )
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (36,086 )     (7,805 )     (9,076 )
Investment in unaffiliated company
                (3,532 )
Purchase of short-term investments
    (518,390 )     (19,738 )     (390,542 )
Maturity of short-term investments
    229,244       115,419       294,861  
Cash received from escrow related to business acquisition
                724  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (419,028 )     18,811       (167,907 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from debt issuances
    184,309       469,407       1,131,834  
Payments on debt
    (92,556 )     (817,463 )     (1,151,119 )
Payments of debt issuance costs
          (501 )     (1,081 )
Proceeds from stock plans
    19,099       28,646       91,427  
Purchase of treasury shares
    (211,377 )     (237,500 )     (200,648 )
Excess tax benefit related to stock option plans
    5,083       6,669       16,999  
Proceeds (payments) of debt swaps and other derivative contracts
    5,162       (22,196 )     (7,098 )
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (90,280 )     (572,938 )     (119,686 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    3,634       (32,932 )     253  
                         
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (87,411 )     (168,811 )     83,167  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    428,522       597,333       514,166  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 341,111     $ 428,522     $ 597,333  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
Income taxes paid
    23,818       40,571       29,294  
Interest paid
    13,020       44,081       49,224  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


43


Table of Contents

 
WATERS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
                                                                 
                                  Accumulated
             
    Number of
          Additional
                Other
    Total
    Statements of
 
    Common
    Common
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Treasury
    Comprehensive
    Stockholders’
    Comprehensive
 
    Shares     Stock     Capital     Earnings     Stock     Income (Loss)     Equity     Income  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance December 31, 2006
    144,092     $ 1,441     $ 554,169     $ 1,326,757     $ (1,563,649 )   $ 43,665     $ 362,383          
Comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                                               
Net income
                      268,072                   268,072     $ 268,072  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                  26,276       26,276       26,276  
Net appreciation (depreciation) and realized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax
                                  (11,720 )     (11,720 )     (11,720 )
Changes in pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                  8,852       8,852       8,852  
Unrealized losses on investments, net
                                  (841 )     (841 )     (841 )
                                                                 
Other comprehensive income
                                  22,567       22,567       22,567  
                                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                                          $ 290,639  
                                                                 
Issuance of common stock for employees:
                                                               
Stock Purchase Plan
    61       1       2,883                         2,884          
Stock options exercised
    2,844       28       88,515                         88,543          
Tax benefit related to stock option plans
                16,999                         16,999          
Adoption of FIN 48
                      (3,905 )                 (3,905 )        
Treasury stock
                            (200,648 )           (200,648 )        
Stock-based compensation
    64       1       29,180                         29,181          
                                                                 
Balance December 31, 2007
    147,061     $ 1,471     $ 691,746     $ 1,590,924     $ (1,764,297 )   $ 66,232     $ 586,076          
                                                                 
Comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                                               
Net income
                      322,479                   322,479     $ 322,479  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                  (53,704 )     (53,704 )     (53,704 )
Net appreciation (depreciation) and realized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax
                                  (519 )     (519 )     (519 )
Changes in pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                  (20,466 )     (20,466 )     (20,466 )
Unrealized losses on investments, net
                                  (124 )     (124 )     (124 )
                                                                 
Other comprehensive loss
                                  (74,813 )     (74,813 )     (74,813 )
                                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                                          $ 247,666  
                                                                 
Issuance of common stock for employees:
                                                               
Stock Purchase Plan
    61       1       3,409                         3,410          
Stock options exercised
    825       8       25,228                         25,236          
Tax benefit related to stock option plans
                6,669                         6,669          
Increase in valuation allowance
                (1,732 )                       (1,732 )        
Treasury stock
                            (237,500 )           (237,500 )        
Stock-based compensation
    122       1       31,179                         31,180          
                                                                 
Balance December 31, 2008
    148,069     $ 1,481     $ 756,499     $ 1,913,403     $ (2,001,797 )   $ (8,581 )   $ 661,005          
                                                                 
Comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                                               
Net income
                      323,313                   323,313     $ 323,313  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                  19,405       19,405       19,405  
Net appreciation (depreciation) and realized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax
                                  1,798       1,798       1,798  
Changes in pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax
                                  2,977       2,977       2,977  
Unrealized losses on investments, net
                                  (25 )     (25 )     (25 )
                                                                 
Other comprehensive income
                                  24,155       24,155       24,155  
                                                                 
Comprehensive income
                                                          $ 347,468  
                                                                 
Issuance of common stock for employees:
                                                               
Stock Purchase Plan
    88       1       3,243                         3,244          
Stock options exercised
    514       5       15,850                         15,855          
Tax benefit related to stock option plans
                5,083                         5,083          
Increase in valuation allowance
                (705 )                       (705 )        
Treasury stock
                            (211,377 )           (211,377 )        
Stock-based compensation
    160       1       28,375                         28,376          
                                                                 
Balance December 31, 2009
    148,831     $ 1,488     $ 808,345     $ 2,236,716     $ (2,213,174 )   $ 15,574     $ 848,949          
                                                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


44


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1   Description of Business and Organization
 
Waters Corporation (“Waters” or the “Company”), an analytical instrument manufacturer, primarily designs, manufactures, sells and services, through its Waters Division, high performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), ultra performance liquid chromatography (“UPLC ® ” and together with HPLC, referred to as “LC”) and mass spectrometry (“MS”) instrument systems and support products, including chromatography columns, other consumable products and comprehensive post-warranty service plans. These systems are complementary products that can be integrated together and used along with other analytical instruments. LC is a standard technique and is utilized in a broad range of industries to detect, identify, monitor and measure the chemical, physical and biological composition of materials, and to purify a full range of compounds. MS instruments are used in drug discovery and development, including clinical trial testing, the analysis of proteins in disease processes (known as “proteomics”), food safety analysis and environmental testing. LC is often combined with MS to create LC-MS instruments that include a liquid phase sample introduction and separation system with mass spectrometric compound identification and quantification. Through its TA Division (“TA ® ”), the Company primarily designs, manufactures, sells and services thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments, which are used in predicting the suitability of fine chemicals, polymers and viscous liquids for various industrial, consumer goods and healthcare products, as well as for life science research. The Company is also a developer and supplier of software-based products that interface with the Company’s instruments and are typically purchased by customers as part of the instrument system.
 
2   Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, product returns and allowances, bad debts, inventory valuation, equity investments, goodwill and intangible assets, warranty and installation provisions, income taxes, contingencies, litigation, retirement plan obligations and stock-based compensation. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
Risks and Uncertainties
 
The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the analytical instrument industry, including, but not limited to, global economic and financial market conditions, development by its competitors of new technological innovations, risk of disruption, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, dependence on key personnel, protection and litigation of proprietary technology, compliance with regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and similar foreign regulatory authorities and agencies and changes in the fair value of the underlying assets of the Company’s defined benefit plans.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified in the accompanying financial statements in order to be consistent with the current year’s classifications.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly owned. The Company consolidates entities in which it owns or controls fifty percent or more of the voting shares. All material inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.


45


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Translation of Foreign Currencies
 
For most of the Company’s foreign operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Any resulting translation gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s net sales derived from operations outside the United States were 69% in 2009, 70% in 2008 and 68% in 2007. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in net income in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material for the years presented.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents primarily represent highly liquid investments, with original maturities of generally 90 days or less, in bank deposits; U.S., German, French and Dutch Government Treasury Bills; AAA rated U.S. Treasury Bills and European government bond money market funds, which are convertible to a known amount of cash and carry an insignificant risk of change in market value. Similar investments with longer maturities are classified as short-term investments. The Company maintains balances in various operating accounts in excess of federally insured limits, and in foreign subsidiary accounts in currencies other than U.S. dollars.
 
Short-Term Investments
 
Short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale in accordance with the accounting standard for investments in debt and equity securities. All available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair market value and any unrealized holding gains and losses, to the extent deemed temporary, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity, net of the related tax effects. Realized gains and losses are determined on the specific identification method and are included in other income (expense) net. If any adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the investment, the Company considers all available evidence to evaluate the extent to which the decline is “other than temporary” and marks the investment to market through a charge to the statement of operations. The Company classifies its investments as short-term investments exclusive of those categorized as cash equivalents. At December 31, 2009, the Company had short-term investments with a cost of $289 million, which approximated market value. The Company had no short-term investments as of December 31, 2008.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The Company sells its products and services to a significant number of large and small customers throughout the world, with net sales to the pharmaceutical industry of approximately 51% in 2009, 50% in 2008 and 52% in 2007. None of the Company’s individual customers accounted for more than 3% of annual Company sales in 2009, 2008 or 2007. The Company performs continuing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral, but in certain circumstances may require letters of credit or deposits. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant bad debt losses.
 
Seasonality of Business
 
The Company experiences an increase in sales in the fourth quarter, as a result of purchasing habits for capital goods of customers that tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end.
 
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. The allowance is based on a number of factors, including historical experience and the customer’s credit-worthiness. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis. Past due balances over 90 days and over a specified amount are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged against the


46


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
allowance when the Company feels it is probable that the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.
 
The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Balance at
          Balance at
    Beginning of Period   Additions   Deductions   End of Period
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Returns:
                               
2009
  $ 7,608     $ 6,956     $ (7,841 )   $ 6,723  
2008
  $ 9,634     $ 5,470     $ (7,496 )   $ 7,608  
2007
  $ 8,439     $ 6,617     $ (5,422 )   $ 9,634  
 
Inventory
 
The Company values all of its inventories at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis (“FIFO”).
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A liability has also been recorded to recognize uncertain tax return reporting positions.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense, while the costs of significant improvements are capitalized. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: buildings — fifteen to thirty years; building improvements — five to ten years; leasehold improvements — the shorter of the economic useful life or life of lease; and production and other equipment — three to ten years. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the consolidated balance sheets and related gains or losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. There were no material gains or losses from retirement or sale of assets in 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
The Company tests for goodwill impairment using a fair-value approach at the reporting unit level annually, or earlier, if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Additionally, the Company has elected to make January 1 the annual impairment assessment date for its reporting units. The goodwill and other intangible assets accounting standard defines a reporting unit as an operating segment, or one level below an operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and reviewed by management. Goodwill is allocated to the reporting units at the time of acquisition. Under the impairment test, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value, goodwill impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill. The fair value of reporting units was estimated using a discounted cash flows technique, which includes certain management assumptions, such as estimated future cash flows, estimated growth rates and discount rates.
 
The Company’s intangible assets include purchased technology; capitalized software development costs; costs associated with acquiring Company patents, trademarks and intellectual properties, such as licenses; debt issuance costs and acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”). Purchased intangibles are recorded at their fair


47


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
market values as of the acquisition date and amortized over their estimated useful lives, ranging from one to fifteen years. Other intangibles are amortized over a period ranging from one to thirteen years. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the life of the related debt. Acquired IPR&D is amortized from the date of completion over its estimated useful life. In addition, acquired IPR&D will be tested for impairment until completion of the acquired programs.
 
Software Development Costs
 
The Company capitalizes software development costs for products offered for sale in accordance with the accounting standard for the costs of software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed. Capitalized costs are amortized to cost of sales over the period of economic benefit, which approximates a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related software products, generally three to five years.
 
The Company capitalizes internal software development costs in accordance with the accounting standard for goodwill and other intangible assets. Capitalized internal software development costs are amortized over the period of economic benefit which approximates a straight-line basis over ten years. Net capitalized internal software included in property, plant and equipment totaled $2 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Investments
 
The Company accounts for its investments that represent less than twenty percent ownership, and for which the Company does not have significant influence, using the accounting standard for investments in debt and equity securities. Investments for which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence, and for which there is not a readily determinable market value, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of its investments accounted for under the cost method of accounting and carries them at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. For investments in which the Company owns or controls between twenty and forty-nine percent of the voting shares, or over which it exerts significant influence over operating and financial policies, the equity method of accounting is used. The Company’s share of net income or losses of equity investments is included in the consolidated statements of operations and was not material in any period presented. All investments at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are included in other assets and amounted to $4 million and $7 million, respectively.
 
Asset Impairments
 
The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with the accounting standard for property, plant and equipment. Whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, the Company evaluates the fair value of the asset, relying on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, operating results, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows. Any change in the carrying amount of an asset as a result of the Company’s evaluation is separately identified in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Fair Values of Financial Instruments
 
In accordance with the accounting standards for fair value measurements and disclosures, the Company’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize observable data such as quoted prices in active markets. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs utilize unobservable data points in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.


48


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table represents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant
       
          Market for
    Other
       
    Total at
    Identical
    Observable
    Significant
 
    December 31,
    Assets
    Inputs
    Unobservable Inputs
 
    2009     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Assets:
                               
Cash equivalents
  $ 181,925     $     $ 181,925     $  
Short-term investments
    289,146             289,146        
Waters Retirement Restoration Plan assets
    17,955             17,955        
Foreign currency exchange contract agreements
    237             237        
                                 
Total
  $ 489,263           $ 489,263        
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Foreign currency exchange contract agreements
  $ 400     $     $ 400     $  
                                 
Total
  $ 400     $     $ 400     $  
                                 
 
The following table represents the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant
       
          Market for
    Other
       
    Total at
    Identical
    Observable
    Significant
 
    December 31,
    Assets
    Inputs
    Unobservable Inputs
 
    2008     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Assets:
                               
Cash equivalents
  $ 223,000     $     $ 223,000     $  
Waters Retirement Restoration Plan assets
    12,888             12,888        
                                 
Total
  $ 235,888           $ 235,888        
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements
  $ 1,798     $     $ 1,798     $  
Foreign currency exchange contract agreements
    1,595             1,595        
                                 
Total
  $ 3,393     $     $ 3,393     $  
                                 
 
The Company’s financial assets and liabilities have been classified as Level 2. These assets and liabilities have been initially valued at the transaction price and subsequently valued typically utilizing third-party pricing services. The pricing services use many inputs to determine value, including reportable trades, benchmark yields, credit spreads, broker/dealer quotes, current spot rates and other industry and economic events. The Company validates the prices provided by third-party pricing services by reviewing their pricing methods and obtaining market values from other pricing sources. The fair values of the Company’s cash equivalents, short-term investments, retirement restoration plan assets, foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements are determined through market and observable sources and have been classified as Level 2. After completing these validation procedures, the Company did not adjust or override any fair value measurements provided by third-party pricing services as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.


49


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In January 2009, the Company implemented the accounting and disclosure requirements related to non-financial assets and liabilities that are remeasured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The adoption of this accounting and disclosure requirement did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
In February 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $500 million of its outstanding common stock over a two-year period. During 2009, the Company repurchased 3.1 million shares at a cost of $157 million under this program, leaving $343 million authorized for future purchases.
 
In February 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $500 million of its outstanding common stock over a two-year period. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company repurchased a total of 8.2 million shares at a cost of $454 million under this program, which expired in February 2009.
 
The Company repurchased 4.5 million, 4.1 million and 3.4 million shares at a cost of $210 million, $235 million and $201 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, under the February 2009 authorization and previously announced programs. The Company believes it has the resources to fund the common stock repurchases as well as to pursue acquisition opportunities in the future.
 
On August 9, 2002, the Board of Directors approved the adoption of a stock purchase rights plan where a dividend of one fractional preferred share purchase right (a “Right”) was declared for each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. The dividend was paid on August 27, 2002 to the stockholders of record on that date. The Rights, which expire on August 27, 2012, become exercisable only under certain conditions. When they first become exercisable, each Right will entitle its holder to buy from Waters one one-hundredth of a share of new Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (authorized limit of 4,000) for $120.00. When a person or group actually has acquired 15% or more of Waters’ common stock, the Rights will then become exercisable for a number of shares of Waters’ common stock with a market value of twice the $120.00 exercise price of each Right. In addition, the Rights will then become exercisable for a number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company with a market value of twice the $120.00 exercise price per Right. The Board of Directors may redeem the Rights at a price of $0.001 per Right up until 10 days following a public announcement that any person or group has acquired 15% or more of the Company’s common stock.
 
Hedge Transactions
 
The Company operates on a global basis and is exposed to the risk that its earnings, cash flows and stockholders’ equity could be adversely impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates.
 
The Company records its hedge transactions in accordance with the accounting standard for derivative instruments and hedging activities, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value as either assets or liabilities. If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged item affects earnings; ineffective portions of changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. In addition, disclosures required for derivative instruments and hedging activities include the Company’s objectives for using derivative instruments, the level of derivative activity the Company engages in, as well as how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect the Company’s financial position and performance.
 
The Company currently uses derivative instruments to manage exposures to foreign currency and interest rate risks. The Company’s objectives for holding derivatives are to minimize foreign currency and interest rate risk using the most effective methods to eliminate or reduce the impact of foreign currency and interest rate exposures. The Company documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items and links all derivatives


50


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
designated as fair-value, cash flow or net investment hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets or to specific forecasted transactions. In addition, the Company considers the impact of its counterparties’ credit risk on the fair value of the contracts as well as the ability of each party to execute under the contracts. The Company also assesses and documents, both at the hedges’ inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows associated with the hedged items.
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge the risk to earnings associated with fluctuations in interest rates related to outstanding U.S. dollar floating rate debt. In August 2007, the Company entered into two floating-to-fixed-rate interest rate swaps, each with a notional amount of $50 million and maturity dates of April 2009 and October 2009, to hedge floating rate debt related to the term loan facility of its outstanding debt. At December 31, 2009, the Company had no outstanding interest rate swap agreements. At both December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had a $2 million liability in other current liabilities in the consolidated balances sheets related to the interest rate swap agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded a change of $2 million in accumulated other comprehensive income on these interest rate swap agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded a cumulative net pre-tax unrealized loss of $1 million and $2 million in accumulated other comprehensive income, respectively, on these interest rate swap agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded additional interest expense of $2 million, $1 million and less than $1 million, respectively.
 
Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
 
The Company has operations in various countries and currencies throughout the world, with approximately 33% of its sales denominated in Euros, 11% in Japanese Yen and smaller sales exposures in other currencies in 2009. As a result, the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows can be affected by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company uses cross-currency interest rate swaps, forward contracts and range forward contracts to hedge its stockholders’ equity balance from the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates. These agreements are designated as foreign currency hedges of a net investment in foreign operations. Any increase or decrease in the fair value of cross-currency interest rate swap agreements, forward contracts or range forward contracts is offset by the change in the value of the hedged net assets of the Company’s consolidated foreign affiliates. Therefore, these derivative instruments are intended to serve as an effective hedge of certain foreign net assets of the Company.
 
During 2007, the Company hedged its net investment in Euro foreign affiliates with cross-currency interest rate swaps, with notional values ranging from $20 million to $50 million. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no outstanding cross-currency interest rate swap contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax losses of $10 million in accumulated other comprehensive income, which consists of realized losses of $10 million.
 
Other
 
The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts, principally to hedge the impact of currency fluctuations on certain inter-company balances and short-term assets and liabilities. Principal hedged currencies include the Euro, Japanese Yen, British Pound and Singapore Dollar. The periods of these forward contracts typically range from one to three months and have varying notional amounts which are intended to be consistent with changes in the underlying exposures. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company held forward foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts totaling approximately $138 million, $120 million and $101 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had liabilities of less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively, in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets related to the foreign currency exchange contracts. At December 31, 2007, the Company had assets of less than $1 million in


51


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets related to the foreign currency exchange contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax gains of $7 million, which consists of realized gains of $5 million relating to the closed forward contracts and $2 million of unrealized gains relating to the open forward contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax losses of $23 million, which consists of realized losses of $22 million relating to the closed forward contracts and $1 million of unrealized losses relating to the open forward contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded cumulative net pre-tax gains of $2 million, which consists of realized gains of $3 million relating to the closed forward contracts and $1 million of unrealized losses relating to the open forward contracts.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Sales of products and services are generally recorded based on product shipment and performance of service, respectively. Proceeds received in advance of product shipment or performance of service are recorded as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales net of amounts invoiced to the customer per the order.
 
Product shipments, including those for demonstration or evaluation, and service contracts are not recorded as revenues until a valid purchase order or master agreement is received specifying fixed terms and prices. The Company’s method of revenue recognition for certain products requiring installation is in accordance with accounting standards for revenue recognition. Accordingly, revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the vendor’s fee is fixed or determinable; collectibility is reasonably assured and, if applicable, upon acceptance when acceptance criteria with contractual cash holdback are specified. With respect to installation obligations, the larger of the contractual cash holdback or the fair value of the installation service is deferred when the product is shipped and revenue is recognized as a multiple-element arrangement when installation is complete. The Company determines the fair value of installation based upon a number of factors, including hourly service billing rates, estimated installation hours and comparisons of amounts charged by third parties.
 
The Company recognizes product revenue when legal title has transferred and risk of loss passes to the customer. The Company structures its sales arrangements as FOB shipping point or international equivalent and, accordingly, recognizes revenue upon shipment. In some cases, FOB destination based shipping terms are included in sales arrangements, in which cases revenue is recognized when the products arrive at the customer site.
 
Returns and customer credits are infrequent and are recorded as a reduction to sales. Rights of return are not included in sales arrangements. Revenue associated with products that contain specific customer acceptance criteria is not recognized before the customer acceptance criteria are satisfied. Discounts from list prices are recorded as a reduction to sales.
 
Sales of software are accounted for in accordance with the accounting standards for software revenue recognition. Software revenue is recognized upon shipment, as typically no significant post-delivery obligations remain. Software upgrades are typically sold as part of a service contract with revenue recognized ratably over the term of the service contract.
 
The Company assists customers in obtaining financing with an independent third-party leasing company with respect to certain product sales. Revenue is generally recognized upon product shipment under these arrangements. The Company receives payment from the leasing company shortly after shipment, provided delivery and credit documentation meets contractual criteria. The customer is obligated to pay the leasing company, but the Company retains some credit risk if the customer is unable to pay. Accordingly, the Company reduces revenue equal to pre-established loss-pool criteria, including contracts with recourse. The Company’s credit risk is significantly reduced through loss-pool limitations and re-marketing rights in the event of a default.


52


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Product Warranty Costs
 
The Company accrues estimated product warranty costs at the time of sale, which are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component supplies, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. The amount of the accrued warranty liability is based on historical information, such as past experience, product failure rates, number of units repaired and estimated costs of material and labor. The liability is reviewed for reasonableness at least quarterly.
 
The following is a summary of the activity of the Company’s accrued warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Balance at
  Accruals for
  Settlements
  Balance at
    Beginning of Period   Warranties   Made   End of Period
 
Accrued warranty liability:
                               
2009
  $ 10,276     $ 5,725     $ (5,892 )   $ 10,109  
2008
  $ 13,119     $ 9,644     $ (12,487 )   $ 10,276  
2007
  $ 12,619     $ 19,719     $ (19,219 )   $ 13,119  
 
Advertising Costs
 
All advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expenses for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $10 million, $9 million and $6 million, respectively.
 
Research and Development Expenses
 
Research and development expenses are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including salaries and benefits, facilities costs, overhead costs, contract services and other outside costs. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company has two stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Note 12, “Stock-Based Compensation”.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
In accordance with the earnings per share accounting standard, the Company presents two earnings per share (“EPS”) amounts. Income per basic common share is based on income available to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented. Income per diluted common share includes additional dilution from potential common stock, such as stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options outstanding.
 
Comprehensive Income
 
The Company accounts for comprehensive income in accordance with the accounting standards for comprehensive income, which establishes the accounting rules for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. The standard requires that all components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements.


53


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
 
In June 2009, a new accounting standard was issued that establishes the hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that are to be used as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for non-governmental entities in preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP in the United States. This standard was effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard by the Company did not have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In August 2009, a new accounting standard was issued for measuring liabilities at fair value. This standard provides clarification that, in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following methods: (1) a valuation technique that uses (a) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or (b) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; and/or (2) a valuation technique that is consistent with GAAP. This standard also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to adjust to include inputs relating to the existence of transfer restrictions on that liability. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In April 2009, a new accounting standard was issued to provide greater clarity about the credit and noncredit component of an other-than-temporary impairment event and to more effectively communicate when an other-than-temporary impairment event has occurred. This standard applies to debt securities. This standard was effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In April 2009, a new accounting standard was issued to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim as well as in annual financial statements. This standard was effective for periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In the second quarter of 2009, the Company implemented the newly issued subsequent events accounting standard. This standard establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued. The adoption of this standard did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations. The Company evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after December 31, 2009 up through February 26, 2010, the date the Company issued these financial statements. During this period, the Company did not have any material recognizable subsequent events which have not been disclosed.
 
In December 2008, a new accounting standard was issued relating to the employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. This requirement amends the previous accounting standard to provide guidance on employers’ disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This new standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The provisions of this new standard are not required for earlier periods presented and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have an effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In June 2009, a new accounting standard was issued relating to the consolidation of variable interest entities. This statement addresses (1) the effects on certain provisions on existing accounting standards as a result of the elimination of the qualifying special-purpose entity concept and (2) constituent concerns about the application of certain key provisions of existing accounting standards, including those in which the accounting and disclosures under existing accounting standards do not always provide timely and useful information about an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity. This standard is effective for periods beginning after November 15, 2009.


54


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In October 2009, a new accounting consensus was issued for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. This consensus amends existing revenue recognition accounting standards. This consensus provides accounting principles and application guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the arrangement should be separated and the consideration allocated. This guidance eliminates the requirement to establish the fair value of undelivered products and services and instead provides for separate revenue recognition based upon management’s estimate of the selling price for an undelivered item when there is no other means to determine the fair value of that undelivered item. Previously the existing accounting consensus required that the fair value of the undelivered item be the price of the item either sold in a separate transaction between unrelated third parties or the price charged for each item when the item is sold separately by the vendor. Under the existing accounting consensus, if the fair value of all of the elements in the arrangement was not determinable, then revenue was deferred until all of the items were delivered or fair value was determined. This new approach is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company is in the process of evaluating whether the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In October 2009, a new accounting consensus was issued for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. This consensus amends the existing accounting guidance for revenue arrangements that contain tangible products and software. This consensus requires that tangible products which contain software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the tangible products essential functionality are no longer within the scope of the software revenue guidance. This new approach is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company is in the process of evaluating whether the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
3   Out-of-Period Adjustments
 
During 2008, the Company identified errors originating in periods prior to the three months ended June 28, 2008. The errors primarily related to (i) an overstatement of the Company’s income tax expense of $16 million as a result of errors in recording its income tax provision during the period from 2000 to March 29, 2008 and (ii) an understatement of amortization expense of $9 million for certain capitalized software. The Company incorrectly calculated its provision for income taxes by tax-effecting its tax liability utilizing a U.S. tax rate of 35% instead of an Irish tax rate of approximately 10%. In addition, the Company incorrectly accounted for Irish-based capitalized software and the related amortization expense as U.S. Dollar-denominated instead of Euro-denominated, resulting in an understatement of amortization expense and cumulative translation adjustment.
 
The Company identified and corrected the errors in the three months ended June 28, 2008, which had the effect of increasing cost of sales by $9 million; reducing gross profit and income from operations before income tax by $9 million; reducing the provision for income taxes by $16 million and increasing net income by $8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the errors had the effect of reducing the Company’s effective tax rate by 4.0 percentage points. In addition, the out-of-period adjustments had the following effect on the consolidated balance sheet as of June 28, 2008: increased the gross carrying value of capitalized software by $46 million; increased accumulated amortization for capitalized software by $36 million; reduced deferred tax liabilities by $14 million and increased accumulated other comprehensive income by $17 million.
 
The Company did not believe that the prior period errors, individually or in the aggregate, were material to any previously issued annual or quarterly financial statements. In addition, the Company did not believe that the adjustments described above to correct the cumulative effect of the errors in the three months ended June 28, 2008 were material to the three months ended June 28, 2008 or to the full year results for 2008. As a result, the Company did not restate its previously issued annual financial statements or interim financial data.


55


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
4   Inventories
 
Inventories are classified as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
 
Raw materials
  $ 57,223     $ 59,957  
Work in progress
    15,419       12,899  
Finished goods
    106,024       100,195  
                 
Total inventories
  $ 178,666     $ 173,051  
                 
 
5   Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31  
    2009     2008  
 
Land and land improvements
  $ 20,688     $ 9,735  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    159,071       123,278  
Production and other equipment
    245,785       222,361  
Construction in progress
    12,347       16,693  
                 
Total property, plant and equipment
    437,891       372,067  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (226,965 )     (200,479 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 210,926     $ 171,588  
                 
 
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company retired and disposed of approximately $7 million, $9 million and $4 million of property, plant and equipment, respectively, most of which was fully depreciated and no longer in use. Gains and losses on disposal were immaterial.
 
6   Acquisitions
 
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company implemented the newly issued accounting standard for business combinations. This standard requires an acquiring company to measure all assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including contingent considerations and all contractual contingencies, at fair value as of the acquisition date. In addition, an acquiring company is required to capitalize IPR&D and either amortize it over the life of the product or write it off if the project is abandoned or impaired. This accounting standard is applicable to acquisitions completed after January 1, 2009. Previous standards generally required post-acquisition adjustments related to business combination deferred tax asset valuation allowances and liabilities for uncertain tax positions to be recorded as an increase or decrease to goodwill. This new accounting standard does not permit this accounting and generally requires any such changes to be recorded in current period income tax expense. Thus, all changes to valuation allowances and liabilities for uncertain tax positions established in acquisition accounting, whether the business combination was accounted for under previous standards or under the newly issued accounting standard, will be recognized in current period income tax expense.
 
In February 2009, the Company acquired all of the remaining outstanding capital stock of Thar Instruments, Inc. (“Thar”), a privately-held global leader in the design, development and manufacture of analytical and preparative supercritical fluid chromatography and supercritical fluid extraction (“SFC”) systems, for $36 million in cash, including the assumption of $4 million of debt. Thar was acquired to add its environmentally-friendly SFC technology to the Company’s product line and to leverage the Company’s distribution channels. The Company had previously made a $4 million equity investment in Thar in June 2007. Immediately prior to the acquisition date, the Company remeasured the fair value of its original equity investment in Thar, resulting in an acquisition date fair


56


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
value of $4 million. Thus, there was no gain or loss recognized in the statement of operations as a result of remeasuring the Company’s equity interest in Thar to fair value prior to the business combination.
 
The acquisition of Thar was accounted for under the newly issued accounting standard for business combinations and the results of Thar have been included in the consolidated results of the Company from the acquisition date. The purchase price of the acquisition was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values. The Company has allocated $24 million of the purchase price to intangible assets comprised of customer relationships, non-compete agreements, acquired technology, IPR&D and other purchased intangibles. The Company is amortizing the customer relationships and acquired technology over 15 years. The non-compete agreements and other purchased intangibles are being amortized over five years. These intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted-average period of 13 years. Included in intangible assets is a trademark in the amount of $4 million, which has been assigned an indefinite life. Also included in intangible assets are IPR&D intangibles in the amount of $1 million, which will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 15 years once the projects have been completed and commercialized. The excess purchase price of $22 million has been accounted for as goodwill. The sellers also have provided the Company with customary representations, warranties and indemnification, which would be settled in the future if and when the contractual representation or warranty condition occurs. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Since the acquisition date, Thar added $17 million of sales to the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. Thar’s impact on the Company’s net income since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2009 was not significant.
 
In accordance with the accounting standards for fair value measurements and disclosures, the Company measured the non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities that were acquired through the acquisition of Thar at fair value. The fair value of these non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities were determined using Level 3 inputs. The following table presents the fair values, as determined by the Company, of 100% of the assets and liabilities owned and recorded in connection with the Thar acquisition (in thousands):
 
         
Cash
  $ 364  
Accounts receivable
    3,863  
Inventory
    3,508  
Other assets
    4,421  
Goodwill
    22,382  
Intangible assets
    23,500  
         
Total assets acquired
    58,038  
         
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    5,499  
Debt
    3,899  
Deferred tax liability
    8,658  
         
Cash consideration paid
  $ 39,982  
         
 
In December 2008, the Company acquired the net assets of Analytical Products Group, Inc. (“APG”), a provider of environmental testing products for quality control and proficiency testing used in environmental laboratories, for $5 million in cash. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the results of APG have been included in the consolidated results of the Company from the acquisition date. The purchase price of the acquisition was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values. The Company has allocated $3 million of the purchase price to intangible assets comprised of non-compete agreements, acquired technology, customer relationships and tradename. These intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted-average period of ten years. The excess purchase price of $1 million after this allocation has been accounted for as goodwill. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.
 
In July 2008, the Company acquired the net assets of VTI Corporation (“VTI”), a manufacturer of sorption analysis and thermogravimetric analysis instruments, for $3 million in cash. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the results of VTI have been included in the consolidated results of the


57


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company from the acquisition date. The purchase price of the acquisition was allocated to tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values. The Company has allocated $1 million of the purchase price to intangible assets comprised of a non-compete agreement and acquired technology. These intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted-average period of nine years. The excess purchase price of $2 million after this allocation has been accounted for as goodwill. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.
 
In October 2007, the Company acquired certain net assets and customer lists from a South Korean distributor of thermal analysis products for a total of $2 million in cash. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the results of operations have been included in the consolidated results of the Company from the acquisition date.
 
In August 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Calorimetry Sciences Corporation (“CSC”), a privately-held company that designs, develops and manufactures highly sensitive calorimeters, for $7 million in cash, including the assumption of $1 million of liabilities. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the results of operations of CSC have been included in the consolidated results of the Company from the acquisition date.
 
The pro forma effect of the ongoing operations for Waters, Thar, APG, VTI, CSC and other acquisitions as though these acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the periods covered by this report is immaterial.
 
7   Goodwill and Other Intangibles
 
The carrying amount of goodwill was $293 million, $268 million and $273 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in goodwill in 2009 is primarily due to the Company’s acquisition of Thar, which increased goodwill by $22 million (Note 6). In addition, currency translation adjustments increased goodwill by $3 million in 2009. The decrease in goodwill in 2008 is attributable to an $8 million decrease due to currency translation being partially offset by the $3 million of goodwill from the Company’s acquisitions of VTI and APG.
 
The Company’s intangible assets included in the consolidated balance sheets are detailed as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
                Weighted-
                Weighted-
 
    Gross
          Average
    Gross
          Average
 
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Amortization
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Amortization
 
    Amount     Amortization     Period     Amount     Amortization     Period  
 
Purchased intangibles
  $ 136,604     $ 61,751       10 years     $ 113,526     $ 51,662       10 years  
Capitalized software
    217,102       122,920       5 years       184,434       109,876       4 years  
Licenses
    9,637       8,328       8 years       9,345       7,235       9 years  
Patents and other intangibles
    24,185       12,364       8 years       20,918       9,798       8 years  
                                                 
Total
  $ 387,528     $ 205,363       7 years     $ 328,223     $ 178,571       7 years  
                                                 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company acquired $24 million of purchased intangibles as a result of the acquisition of Thar. During 2008, the gross carrying value of capitalized software and related accumulated amortization increased by $46 million and $36 million, respectively, primarily as a result of an out-of-period adjustment (Note 3). During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company acquired $4 million of purchased intangibles as a result of the acquisitions of VTI and APG. In addition, the gross carrying value of intangible assets increased by $4 million in 2009 and decreased by $25 million in 2008 due to the effect of foreign currency translation. The gross carrying value of accumulated amortization for intangible assets increased by $3 million in 2009 and decreased by $17 million in 2008 due to the effect of foreign currency translation.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, amortization expense for intangible assets was $25 million, $36 million and $26 million, respectively. Included in amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 is a $9 million out-of-period adjustment related to capitalized software. Amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $30 million for each of the next five years.


58


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
8   Debt
 
In February 2010, the Company issued and sold five-year senior unsecured notes at an interest rate of 3.75% with a face value of $100 million. This debt matures in February 2015. The Company plans to use the proceeds from the issuance of these senior unsecured notes to repay other outstanding debt amounts and for general corporate purposes. Interest on both issuances of the senior unsecured notes are payable semi-annually in February and August of each year. The Company may redeem some or all of the notes at any time in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus the applicable make-whole amount. These notes require that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.50:1 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, respectively. In addition, these notes include negative covenants that are similar to the existing credit agreement. These notes also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.
 
In March 2008, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the “2008 Credit Agreement”) that provided for a $150 million term loan facility. In January 2007, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2007 Credit Agreement”) that provides for a $500 million term loan facility and $600 million in revolving facilities, which include both a letter of credit and a swingline subfacility. Both credit agreements were to mature on January 11, 2012 and required or require no scheduled prepayments before that date. The outstanding portions of the revolving facilities have been classified as short-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets due to the fact that the Company utilizes the revolving line of credit to fund its working capital needs. It is the Company’s intention to pay the outstanding revolving line of credit balance during the subsequent twelve months following the respective period end date.
 
In October 2008, the Company utilized cash balances associated with the effective liquidation of certain foreign legal entities into the U.S. to voluntarily prepay the $150 million term loan under the 2008 Credit Agreement. The Company prepaid the term loan in order to reduce interest expense and there was no penalty for prepaying the term loan. The repayment of the term loan effectively terminated all lending arrangements under the 2008 Credit Agreement.
 
The interest rates applicable to the 2007 Credit Agreement are, at the Company’s option, equal to either the base rate (which is the higher of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 1 / 2 %) or the applicable 1, 2, 3, 6, 9 or 12 month LIBOR rate, in each case, plus an interest rate margin based upon the Company’s leverage ratio, which can range between 33 basis points and 72.5 basis points for LIBOR rate loans and range between zero basis points and 37.5 basis points for base rate loans. The 2007 Credit Agreement requires that the Company comply with an interest coverage ratio test of not less than 3.50:1 and a leverage ratio test of not more than 3.25:1 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, respectively. In addition, the 2007 Credit Agreement includes negative covenants that are customary for investment grade credit facilities. The 2007 Credit Agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default. As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had a total of $620 million borrowed under the 2007 Credit Agreement and an amount available to borrow of $479 million after outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2009, $500 million of the total debt was classified as long-term debt and $120 million classified as short-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $500 million borrowed under the 2007 Credit Agreement and an amount available to borrow of $599 million after outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2008, $500 million of the total debt was classified as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. The weighted-average interest rates applicable to these borrowings were 0.78% and 2.43% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Company and its foreign subsidiaries also had available short-term lines of credit totaling $88 million at both December 31, 2009 and 2008. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, related short-term borrowings were $12 million at a weighted-average interest rate of 1.97% and $36 million at a weighted-average interest rate of 2.18%, respectively.


59


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
9   Income Taxes
 
Income tax data for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
The components of income from operations before income taxes are as follows:
                       
Domestic
  $ 64,942     $ (6,728 )   $ 1,638  
Foreign
    321,710       378,920       321,554  
                         
Total
  $ 386,652     $ 372,192     $ 323,192  
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
The current and deferred components of the provision for income taxes on operations are as follows:
                       
Current
  $ 59,472     $ 64,837     $ 62,126  
Deferred
    3,867       (15,124 )     (7,006 )
                         
Total
  $ 63,339     $ 49,713     $ 55,120  
                         
The jurisdictional components of the provision for income taxes on operations are as follows:
                       
Federal
  $ 24,080     $ 1,687     $ 10,239  
State
    3,757       2,422       1,700  
Foreign
    35,502       45,604       43,181  
                         
Total
  $ 63,339     $ 49,713     $ 55,120  
                         
The differences between income taxes computed at the
                       
United States statutory rate and the provision for income taxes are summarized as follows:
                       
Federal tax computed at U.S. statutory income tax rate
  $ 135,328     $ 130,267     $ 113,117  
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit
    2,442       1,575       1,105  
Net effect of foreign operations
    (73,351 )     (82,200 )     (59,395 )
Other, net
    (1,080 )     71       293  
                         
Provision for income taxes
  $ 63,339     $ 49,713     $ 55,120  
                         
 


60


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31  
    2009     2008  
 
The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards which give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax (liabilities) are summarized as follows:
               
Deferred tax assets:
               
Net operating losses and credits
  $ 83,515     $ 100,795  
Depreciation and capitalized software
    7,462       5,846  
Amortization
          776  
Stock-based compensation
    24,858       19,580  
Deferred compensation
    17,598       23,262  
Revaluation of equity investments
    6,159       11,336  
Inventory
    2,960       2,185  
Accrued liabilities and reserves
    11,746       13,463  
Other
    9,316       10,938  
                 
      163,614       188,181  
Valuation allowance
    (83,683 )     (82,978 )
                 
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
    79,931       105,203  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Depreciation and capitalized software
    (9,060 )     (5,526 )
Amortization
    (12,014 )     (5,686 )
Indefinite lived intangibles
    (18,764 )     (17,660 )
Other
    (197 )     (159 )
                 
      (40,035 )     (29,031 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 39,896     $ 76,172  
                 
 
Net deferred tax assets of $21 million and $30 million are included in other current assets and $19 million and $46 million are included in other assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Company’s deferred tax assets associated with net operating loss, tax credit carryforwards and alternative minimum tax credits are comprised of the following at December 31, 2009: less than $1 million benefit of U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards that begin to expire in 2020 and 2010, respectively; $71 million in foreign tax credits, which begin to expire in 2010; $11 million in research and development credits that begin to expire in 2010; and $1 million ($3 million pre-tax) in foreign net operating losses, $1 million ($2 million pre-tax) of which do not expire under current law, the remainder of which begin to expire in 2010. The Company has excluded the benefit of $14 million ($38 million pre-tax) of U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards from the deferred tax asset balance at December 31, 2009. This amount represents an “excess tax benefit”, as the term is defined in the accounting standard for stock-based compensation, which will be recognized as a reduction to the Company’s accrued income taxes and an addition to its additional paid-in capital when it is realized in the Company’s tax returns.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Company has provided a deferred tax valuation allowance of $84 million, principally against foreign tax credits ($71 million), certain foreign net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. The benefit relating to foreign tax credits and these other deferred tax assets, if realized, will be credited to additional paid-in capital.
 
The income tax benefits associated with non-qualified stock option compensation expense recognized for tax purposes and credited to additional paid-in capital were $5 million, $7 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

61


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
At December 31, 2009, there were unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $1.4 billion. The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on these earnings as it is the Company’s current intention to permanently reinvest these earnings outside the U.S.
 
Effective on January 1, 2007, the Company adopted a new accounting interpretation standard relating to income taxes which prescribed the methodology by which a company must measure, report, present and disclose in its financial statements the effects of any uncertain tax return reporting positions that a company has taken or expects to take. This accounting standard requires financial statement reporting of the expected future tax consequences of uncertain tax return reporting positions on the presumption that all relevant tax authorities possess full knowledge of those tax reporting positions, as well as all of the pertinent facts and circumstances, but it prohibits any discounting of any of the related tax effects for the time value of money. This standard also mandates expanded financial statement disclosure about uncertainty in income tax reporting positions. The Company recorded the effect of adopting this standard with a $4 million charge to beginning retained earnings in the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2007.
 
The following is a summary of the activity in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
 
                         
    December 31  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Balance at the beginning of the period
  $ 77,295     $ 68,463     $ 62,418  
Change in tax positions of the current year
    629       8,832       6,045  
                         
Balance at the end of the period
  $ 77,924     $ 77,295     $ 68,463  
                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded increases of $1 million and $9 million, respectively, in unrecognized tax benefits via the income tax provision. In 2009, the Company recorded approximately $5 million of tax benefit relating to the reversal of a $5 million tax provision which was originally recorded in 2008 relating to the reorganization of certain foreign legal entities. The recognition of this tax benefit in 2009 was a result of changes in income tax regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury in February 2009. If all of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits accrued as of December 31, 2009 were to become recognizable in the future, the Company would record a total reduction of approximately $78 million in the income tax provision.
 
The Company’s accounting policy is to record estimated interest and penalties related to the potential underpayment of income taxes, net of related tax effects, as a component of the income tax provision. For each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company included $1 million ($2 million pre-tax) of such interest expense, net of related tax benefits, and no income tax penalty expense in the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had accrued $7 million ($10 million pre-tax) and $5 million ($8 million pre-tax), respectively, of such estimated interest expense, net of related tax benefits. As of both December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no income tax penalty expense accrued.
 
The Company’s uncertain tax positions are taken with respect to income tax return reporting periods beginning after December 31, 1999, which are the periods that generally remain open to income tax audit examination by the various income tax authorities. As of December 31, 2009, the Company expects that a tax audit of one of the Company’s U.K. affiliates’ tax returns for 2003, 2004 and 2005 will be settled before December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2009, the Company does not expect the settlement of that audit to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company has monitored and will continue to monitor the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments for related changes in the measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, related net interest and penalties, and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Other than the aforementioned tax audit, as of December 31, 2009, the Company does not expect to record any material changes in the measurement of unrecognized tax benefits, related net interest and penalties or deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the settlement of tax audit examinations or to the lapsing of statutes of limitations on potential tax assessments within the next twelve months.


62


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company’s effective tax rates for years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were 16.4%, 13.4% and 17.1%, respectively. Included in the income tax provision for 2009 is approximately $5 million of tax benefit relating to the reversal of a $5 million provision which was originally recorded in 2008 relating to the reorganization of certain foreign legal entities. The recognition of this tax benefit in 2009 was a result of changes in income tax regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury in February 2009. The $5 million tax benefit decreased the Company’s effective tax rate by 1.2 percentage points in 2009. The one-time provision increased the Company’s effective tax rate by 1.4 percentage points in 2008. In addition, the effective tax rate for 2008 included a $16 million benefit resulting from out-of-period adjustments related to software capitalization amortization. The out-of-period adjustments had the effect of reducing the Company’s effective tax rate by 4.0 percentage points in 2008. The 2007 tax provision includes a $4 million tax benefit associated with a one-time contribution into the Waters Employee Investment Plan. The remaining changes in the effective tax rates for 2009, 2008 and 2007 are primarily attributable to changes in income in jurisdictions with different effective tax rates.
 
10   Litigation
 
The Company is involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes the outcome, if the plaintiff ultimately prevails, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
The Company has been engaged in ongoing patent litigation with Agilent Technologies GmbH in France and Germany. In January 2009, the French appeals court affirmed that the Company had infringed the Agilent Technologies GmbH patent and a judgment was issued against the Company. The Company has appealed this judgment. In 2008, the Company recorded a $7 million provision and, in the first quarter of 2009, the Company made a payment of $6 million for damages and fees estimated to be incurred in connection with the French litigation case. The accrued patent litigation expense is in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008. No provision has been made for the German patent litigation and the Company believes the outcome, if the plaintiff ultimately prevails, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
 
11   Other Commitments and Contingencies
 
Lease agreements, expiring at various dates through 2026, cover buildings, office equipment and automobiles. Rental expense was $34 million, $30 million and $23 million during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Future minimum rents payable as of December 31, 2009 under non-cancelable leases with initial terms exceeding one year are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2010
  $ 24,039  
2011
    19,031  
2012
    14,259  
2013
    8,934  
2014 and thereafter
    17,705  
 
The Company licenses certain technology and software from third parties, which expire at various dates through 2010. Fees paid for licenses were less than $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Future minimum license fees payable under existing license agreements as of December 31, 2009 are immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2010 and thereafter.
 
From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it has meritorious arguments in its current litigation matters and any outcome, either individually or in the aggregate, will not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements in its ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for


63


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally the Company’s business partners or customers, in connection with patent, copyright or other intellectual property infringement claims by any third party with respect to its current products, as well as claims relating to property damage or personal injury resulting from the performance of services by the Company or its subcontractors. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Historically, the Company’s costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims relating to such indemnity agreements have been minimal and management accordingly believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial.
 
12   Stock-Based Compensation
 
In May 2003, the Company’s shareholders approved the Company’s 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (“2003 Plan”). As of December 31, 2009, the 2003 Plan has 3.0 million shares available for granting in the form of incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units or other types of awards. The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options or restricted stock unit conversion. Under the 2003 Plan, the exercise price for stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of grant. The 2003 Plan is scheduled to terminate on March 4, 2013. Options generally will expire no later than 10 years after the date on which they are granted and will become exercisable as directed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and generally vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period. A SAR may be granted alone or in conjunction with an option or other award. Shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units may be issued under the 2003 Plan for such consideration as is determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. No award of restricted stock may have a restriction period of less than three years except as may be recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or with respect to any award of restricted stock which provides solely for a performance-based risk of forfeiture so long as such award has a restriction period of at least one year. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards outstanding.
 
In February 2009, the Company adopted its 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan under which eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their earnings toward the quarterly purchase of the Company’s common stock. The plan makes available 0.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock, which includes the remaining shares available under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 2009, 0.9 million shares have been issued under both the 2009 and 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plans. Each plan period lasts three months beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year. The purchase price for each share of stock is the lesser of 90% of the market price on the first day of the plan period or 100% of the market price on the last day of the plan period. Stock-based compensation expense related to this plan was $1 million, $1 million and less than $1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation costs in accordance with the accounting standards for stock-based compensation, which requires that all share-based payments to employees be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. The Company recognizes the expense using the straight-line attribution method. The stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is based on awards that ultimately are expected to vest; therefore, the amount of expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. This accounting standard requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted. In addition, if the Company employs different assumptions in the application of this accounting standard, the compensation expense that the Company records in the future periods may differ significantly from what the Company has recorded in the current period.


64


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 include the following stock-based compensation expense related to stock option awards, restricted stock, restricted stock unit awards and the employee stock purchase plan (in thousands):
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Cost of sales
  $ 2,767     $ 2,980     $ 3,352  
Selling and administrative expenses
    21,941       23,164       21,225  
Research and development expenses
    3,547       4,638       4,278  
                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 28,255     $ 30,782     $ 28,855  
                         
 
As of both December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has capitalized stock-based compensation costs of less than $1 million in inventory in the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has capitalized stock-based compensation costs of $3 million and $2 million, respectively, in capitalized software in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Stock Option Plans
 
In determining the fair value of the stock options, the Company makes a variety of assumptions and estimates, including volatility measures, expected yields and expected stock option lives. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company uses implied volatility on its publicly traded options as the basis for its estimate of expected volatility. The Company believes that implied volatility is the most appropriate indicator of expected volatility because it is generally reflective of historical volatility and expectations of how future volatility will differ from historical volatility. The expected life assumption for grants is based on historical experience for the population of non-qualified stock optionees. The risk-free interest rate is the yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term used as the input to the Black-Scholes model. The relevant data used to determine the value of the stock options granted in 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                         
Options Issued and Significant Assumptions Used to Estimate Option Fair Values   2009   2008   2007
 
Options issued in thousands
    608       583       516  
Risk-free interest rate
    2.9 %     2.1 %     3.8 %
Expected life in years
    6.0       6.0       6.0  
Expected volatility
    .305       .557       .291  
Expected dividends
                 
 
                         
Weighted-average Exercise Price and Fair Values of Options on the Date of Grant   2009   2008   2007
 
Exercise price
  $ 58.46     $ 42.91     $ 75.29  
Fair value
  $ 20.65     $ 22.69     $ 27.33  
 
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the total intrinsic value of the stock options exercised (i.e., the difference between the market price at exercise and the price paid by the employee to exercise the options) was $13 million, $26 million and $98 million, respectively. The total cash received from the exercise of these stock options was $16 million, $25 million and $89 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, there were $36 million, $41 million and $51 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock option awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years.


65


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table details the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at December 31, 2009 by range of exercise prices (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                         
          Weighted
    Remaining
          Weighted
 
Exercise
  Number of Shares
    Average
    Contractual Life of
    Number of Shares
    Average
 
Price Range
  Outstanding     Exercise Price     Options Outstanding     Exercisable     Exercise Price  
 
$21.05 to $38.99
    2,513     $ 32.65       3.7       2,373     $ 32.29  
$39.00 to $59.99
    3,086     $ 48.76       7.0       1,811     $ 47.14  
$60.00 to $80.97
    1,258     $ 74.52       3.7       954     $ 73.46  
                                         
Total
    6,857     $ 47.58       5.2       5,138     $ 45.17  
                                         
 
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the plans (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
                Weighted Average
 
    Number of Shares     Price per Share     Exercise Price  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    6,835     $ 21.05 to $80.97     $ 45.44  
Granted
    608     $ 38.09 to $59.44     $ 58.46  
Exercised
    (514 )   $ 21.39 to $49.31     $ 30.84  
Cancelled
    (72 )   $ 47.12 to $72.06     $ 55.81  
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    6,857     $ 21.05 to $80.97     $ 47.58  
                         
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding stock options at December 31, 2009 was $114 million. Options exercisable at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were 5.1 million, 4.9 million and 4.7 million, respectively. The weighted-average exercise prices of options exercisable at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $45.17, $43.18 and $40.77, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the exercisable outstanding stock options at December 31, 2009 was 4.0 years.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Company had 6.8 million stock options which are vested and expected to vest. The intrinsic value, weighted-average price and remaining contractual life of the vested and expected to vest stock options were $114 million, $47.51 and 5.2 years, respectively, at December 31, 2009.
 
Restricted Stock
 
During each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company granted eight thousand shares of restricted stock. The restrictions on these shares lapse at the end of a three-year period. The Company has recorded less than $1 million of compensation expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 related to the restricted stock grants. The weighted-average fair value on the grant date of the restricted stock for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $38.09, $76.75 and $48.88, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has 24 thousand unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding with a total of less than $1 million of unrecognized compensation costs. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.


66


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
The following table summarizes the unvested restricted stock unit award activity (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                 
          Weighted-Average
 
    Shares     Price  
 
Unvested at December 31, 2008
    597     $ 53.43  
Granted
    371     $ 35.29  
Vested
    (154 )   $ 52.00  
Forfeited
    (31 )   $ 48.79  
                 
Unvested at December 31, 2009
    783     $ 45.30  
                 
 
Restricted stock units are generally issued annually in February and vest in equal annual installments over a five-year period. The amount of compensation costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 on the restricted stock units expected to vest were $10 million, $8 million and $5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, there were $25 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to the restricted stock unit awards that are expected to vest. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.2 years.
 
13   Earnings Per Share
 
Basic and diluted EPS calculations are detailed as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
          Weighted-Average
       
    Net Income
    Shares
    Per Share
 
    (Numerator)     (Denominator)     Amount  
 
Net income per basic common share
  $ 323,313       95,797     $ 3.37  
                         
Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock and restricted stock unit securities:
                       
Outstanding
            939          
Exercised and cancellations
            126          
                         
Net income per diluted common share
  $ 323,313       96,862     $ 3.34  
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
          Weighted-Average
       
    Net Income
    Shares
    Per Share
 
    (Numerator)     (Denominator)     Amount  
 
Net income per basic common share
  $ 322,479       99,199     $ 3.25  
                         
Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock and restricted stock unit securities:
                       
Outstanding
            1,161          
Exercised and cancellations
            195          
                         
Net income per diluted common share
  $ 322,479       100,555     $ 3.21  
                         
 


67


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
          Weighted-Average
       
    Net Income
    Shares
    Per Share
 
    (Numerator)     (Denominator)     Amount  
 
Net income per basic common share
  $ 268,072       100,500     $ 2.67  
                         
Effect of dilutive stock option, restricted stock and restricted stock unit securities:
                       
Outstanding
            1,445          
Exercised and cancellations
            560          
                         
Net income per diluted common share
  $ 268,072       102,505     $ 2.62  
                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company had 3.3 million, 1.3 million and 0.9 million stock option securities that were antidilutive, respectively, due to having higher exercise prices than the average price during the period. These securities were not included in the computation of diluted EPS. The effect of dilutive securities was calculated using the treasury stock method.
 
14   Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income details follow (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Net income
  $ 323,313     $ 322,479     $ 268,072  
Foreign currency translation
    19,405       (53,704 )     26,276  
Net appreciation (depreciation) and realized gains (losses) on derivative instruments
    2,766       (798 )     (18,031 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (968 )     279       6,311  
                         
Net appreciation (depreciation) and realized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of tax
    1,798       (519 )     (11,720 )
                         
Net foreign currency adjustments
    21,203       (54,223 )     14,556  
Unrealized losses on investments before income taxes
    (38 )     (191 )     (1,294 )
Income tax benefit
    13       67       453  
                         
Unrealized losses on investments, net of tax
    (25 )     (124 )     (841 )
Retirement liability adjustment, net of tax
    2,977       (20,466 )     8,852  
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    24,155       (74,813 )     22,567  
                         
Comprehensive income
  $ 347,468     $ 247,666     $ 290,639  
                         
 
15   Retirement Plans
 
U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the Waters Employee Investment Plan, a 401(k) defined contribution plan, after one month of service. Employees may contribute from 1% to 30% of eligible pay on a pre-tax basis. Prior to the amendments described below, which became effective on January 1, 2008, the Company made matching contributions of 50% for contributions up to 6% of eligible pay after one year of service. Employees are 100% vested in employee and Company matching contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s matching contributions amounted to $10 million, $10 million and $4 million, respectively.
 
U.S. employees were eligible to participate in the Waters Retirement Plan, a defined benefit, cash balance plan, after one year of service. Annually, the Company credited each employee’s account as a percentage of eligible pay based on years of service. In addition, each employee’s account is credited with interest at the end of each year based

68


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
on the employee’s account balance at the beginning of such year. The interest rate is the one-year constant maturity Treasury bond yield in effect as of the first business day in November preceding such year plus 0.5%, limited to a minimum interest crediting rate of 5% and a maximum interest crediting rate of 10%. An employee does not vest until the completion of three years of service, at which time the employee becomes 100% vested. The Company maintains an unfunded supplemental executive retirement plan, the Waters Retirement Restoration Plan, which is non-qualified and restores the benefits under the Waters Retirement Plan that are limited by IRS benefit and compensation maximums.
 
In September 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved various amendments to freeze the pay credit accruals under the Waters Retirement Plan and the Waters Retirement Restoration Plan (collectively, the “U.S. Pension Plans”) effective December 31, 2007. In accordance with accounting standards for retirement benefits, the Company recorded a curtailment gain of $1 million. In addition, the Company re-measured the U.S. Pension Plans’ liabilities in September 2007 and the Company reduced the projected benefit obligation liability by $7 million with a corresponding adjustment, net of tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of the curtailment reducing the accrual for future service.
 
The Company’s Board of Directors also approved a $13 million payment that was contributed to the Waters Employee Investment Plan in the first quarter of 2008. The $13 million of expense was reduced by a curtailment gain of $1 million, relating to various amendments to freeze the pay credit accrual, resulting in $12 million of expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the year ending December 31, 2007 with $3 million included in cost of sales, $7 million included in selling and administrative expenses and $2 million included in research and development expenses. In addition, effective January 1, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the employer matching contribution in the Waters Employee Investment Plan to 100% for contributions up to 6% of eligible pay, an increase of 3%, and eliminated the one-year service requirement to be eligible for matching contributions.
 
The Company also sponsors other employee benefit plans in the U.S., including a retiree healthcare plan, which provides reimbursement for medical expenses and is contributory. There are various non-U.S. retirement plans sponsored by the Company. The eligibility and vesting of the non-U.S. plans are generally consistent with local laws and regulations.
 
The net periodic pension cost is made up of several components that reflect different aspects of the Company’s financial arrangements as well as the cost of benefits earned by employees. These components are determined using the projected unit credit actuarial cost method and are based on certain actuarial assumptions. The Company’s accounting policy is to reflect in the projected benefit obligation all benefit changes to which the Company is committed as of the current valuation date; use a market-related value of assets to determine pension expense; amortize increases in prior service costs on a straight-line basis over the expected future service of active participants as of the date such costs are first recognized; and amortize cumulative actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the larger of the market-related value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation over the expected future service of active participants.


69


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Summary data for the U.S. Pension Plans, the U.S. retiree healthcare plan and the Company’s non-U.S. retirement plans are presented in the following tables, using the measurement dates of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The summary of the projected benefit obligations at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
          U.S.
                U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Projected benefit obligation, January 1
  $ 98,336     $ 6,348     $ 23,806     $ 92,311     $ 5,416     $ 21,716  
Service cost
    55       868       1,726       91       691       1,502  
Interest cost
    6,215       363       886       5,944       329       885  
Employee rollovers
                      1,402              
Actuarial losses (gains)
    5,946       70       428       2,227       230       (626 )
Disbursements
    (2,434 )     (381 )     (499 )     (3,639 )     (318 )     (673 )
Currency impact
                170                   1,002  
                                                 
Projected benefit obligation, December 31
  $ 108,118     $ 7,268     $ 26,517     $ 98,336     $ 6,348     $ 23,806  
                                                 
 
The summary of the accumulated benefit obligations at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    2009   2008
        U.S.
          U.S.
   
    U.S.
  Retiree
  Non-U.S.
  U.S.
  Retiree
  Non-U.S.
    Pension
  Healthcare
  Pension
  Pension
  Healthcare
  Pension
    Plans   Plan   Plans   Plans   Plan   Plans
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 107,912       *   $ 21,322     $ 98,022       *   $ 18,140  
 
 
* Not applicable.
 
The summary of the fair value of the plan assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
          U.S.
                U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Fair value of assets, January 1
  $ 58,456     $ 2,083     $ 10,069     $ 79,544     $ 2,134     $ 11,283  
Actual return on plan assets
    17,100       602       241       (23,310 )     (368 )     (95 )
Company contributions
    9,401       212       747       4,459       175       1,011  
Employee contributions
          568                   460        
Disbursements
    (2,434 )     (381 )     (499 )     (3,639 )     (318 )     (673 )
Employee rollovers
                      1,402              
Currency impact
                509                   (1,457 )
                                                 
Fair value of assets, December 31
  $ 82,523     $ 3,084     $ 11,067     $ 58,456     $ 2,083     $ 10,069  
                                                 


70


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The summary of the funded status of the plans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
          U.S.
                U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ (108,118 )   $ (7,268 )   $ (26,517 )   $ (98,336 )   $ (6,348 )   $ (23,806 )
Fair value of plan assets
    82,523       3,084       11,067       58,456       2,083       10,069  
                                                 
Projected benefit obligation in excess of fair value of plan assets
  $ (25,595 )   $ (4,184 )   $ (15,450 )   $ (39,880 )   $ (4,265 )   $ (13,737 )
                                                 
 
The summary of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets for the plans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
          U.S.
                U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Long-term assets
  $     $     $ 1,782     $     $     $ 2,589  
Current liabilities
    (57 )           (90 )     (54 )           (56 )
Long-term liabilities
    (25,538 )     (4,184 )     (17,142 )     (39,826 )     (4,265 )     (16,270 )
                                                 
Net amount recognized at December 31
  $ (25,595 )   $ (4,184 )   $ (15,450 )   $ (39,880 )   $ (4,265 )   $ (13,737 )
                                                 
 
The summary of the components of net periodic pension costs for the plans for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                                         
    2009     2008     2007  
          U.S.
                U.S.
                U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Service cost
  $ 55     $ 300     $ 1,726     $ 91     $ 231     $ 1,502     $ 7,122     $ 260     $ 1,224  
Interest cost
    6,215       363       886       5,944       329       885       5,271       277       815  
Return on plan assets
    (6,704 )     (149 )     (354 )     (6,128 )     (156 )     (432 )     (5,427 )     (127 )     (400 )
Net amortization:
                                                                       
Prior service (cost) or credit
    148       (54 )           148       (54 )           (55 )     (53 )      
Net actuarial loss (gain)
    459             44       86             (27 )     613             20  
Curtailment gain
                                        (466 )            
                                                                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 173     $ 460     $ 2,302     $ 141     $ 350     $ 1,928     $ 7,058     $ 357     $ 1,659  
                                                                         


71


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The summary of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity for the plans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
          U.S.
                U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Net loss
  $ (31,955 )   $ (358 )   $ (1,050 )   $ (36,863 )   $ (740 )   $ (699 )
Prior service (cost) or credit
          267             (148 )     321        
                                                 
Total
  $ (31,955 )   $ (91 )   $ (1,050 )   $ (37,011 )   $ (419 )   $ (699 )
                                                 
 
The summary of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be included in next year’s net periodic benefit cost for the plans at December 31, 2009 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    2009  
          U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Net loss
  $ (1,050 )   $     $ (11 )
Prior service cost
          54        
                         
Total
  $ (1,050 )   $ 54     $ (11 )
                         
 
The plans’ investment asset mix is as follow at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008  
          U.S.
                U.S.
       
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
    U.S.
    Retiree
    Non-U.S.
 
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
    Pension
    Healthcare
    Pension
 
    Plans     Plan     Plans     Plans     Plan     Plans  
 
Equity securities
    67 %     62 %     0 %     61 %     41 %     0 %
Debt securities
    31 %     23 %     2 %     35 %     21 %     0 %
Cash and cash equivalents
    2 %     15 %     53 %     4 %     38 %     54 %
Other
    0 %     0 %     45 %     0 %     0 %     46 %
                                                 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
                                                 
 
The plans’ investment policies include the following asset allocation guidelines:
 
                     
    U.S. Pension and U.S.
  Non-U.S.
 
    Retiree Healthcare Plans   Pension Plans
 
    Policy Target     Range   Policy Target  
 
Equity securities
    65 %   40% - 80%     0 %
Debt securities
    25 %   20% - 60%     0 %
Cash and cash equivalents
    0 %   0% - 20%     50 %
Other
    10 %   0% - 10%     50 %
 
The asset allocation policy for the U.S. Pension Plans and U.S. retiree healthcare plan was developed in consideration of the following long-term investment objectives: achieving a return on assets consistent with the investment policy, achieving portfolio returns which exceed the average return for similarly invested funds and maximizing portfolio returns with at least a return of 2.5% above the one-year constant maturity Treasury bond yield over reasonable measurement periods and based on reasonable market cycles.


72


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The fair value of the Company’s retirement plan assets are as follows at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant
       
          Market for
    Other
    Significant
 
    Total at
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    December 31,
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
    2009     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
U.S. Pension Plans:
                               
Mutual funds(a)
  $ 71,636     $ 71,636     $     $  
Common stocks(b)
    3,660       3,660              
Cash equivalents(c)
    1,810             1,810        
Hedge funds(d)
    5,417                   5,417  
                                 
Total U.S. Pension Plans
    82,523       75,296       1,810       5,417  
U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan:
                               
Mutual funds(e)
    2,629       2,629              
Cash equivalents(c)
    455             455        
                                 
Total U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan
    3,084       2,629       455        
Non-U.S. Pension Plans:
                               
Cash equivalents(c)
    5,890       5,890              
Mutual funds(f)
    175       175              
Bank and insurance investment contracts(g)
    5,002                   5,002  
                                 
Total Non-U.S. Pension Plans
    11,067       6,065             5,002  
                                 
Total fair value of retirement plan assets
  $ 96,674     $ 83,990     $ 2,265     $ 10,419  
                                 
 
The fair value of the Company’s retirement plan assets are as follows at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant
       
          Market for
    Other
    Significant
 
    Total at
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    December 31,
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
    2008     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
U.S. Pension Plans:
                               
Mutual funds(h)
  $ 43,693     $ 43,693     $     $  
Common stocks(b)
    8,722       8,722              
Cash equivalents(c)
    2,182             2,182        
Hedge funds(d)
    3,859                   3,859  
                                 
Total U.S. Pension Plans
    58,456       52,415       2,182       3,859  
U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan:
                               
Mutual funds(i)
    1,290       1,290              
Cash equivalents(c)
    793             793        
                                 
Total U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan
    2,083       1,290       793        
Non-U.S. Pension Plans:
                               
Cash equivalents(c)
    5,462       5,462              
Bank and insurance investment contracts(g)
    4,607                   4,607  
                                 
Total Non-U.S. Pension Plans
    10,069       5,462             4,607  
                                 
Total fair value of retirement plan assets
  $ 70,608     $ 59,167     $ 2,975     $ 8,466  
                                 


73


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
(a) The mutual fund balance in the U.S. Pension Plans are invested in the following categories: 38% in the common stock of large-cap U.S. Companies, 27% in the common stock of international growth companies, and 35% in fixed income bonds issued by U.S. companies and by the U.S. Government and its Agencies.
 
(b) Represents primarily amounts invested in common stock of technology, healthcare, financial, energy and consumer staples and discretionary U.S. companies.
 
(c) Primarily represents money market funds held with various financial institutions.
 
(d) Hedge fund invests in both short and long term U.S. common stocks. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to shift investments from value to growth strategies, from large to small capitalization stocks and from a net long position to a net short position.
 
(e) The mutual fund balance in the U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan is invested in the following categories: 61% in the common stock of large-cap U.S. Companies, 12% in the common stock of international growth companies and 27% in fixed income bonds of U.S. companies and U.S. Government.
 
(f) The mutual funds balance in the Non-U.S. Pension Plans is invested in international bonds.
 
(g) Amount represents bank and insurance guaranteed investment contracts.
 
(h) The mutual fund balance in the U.S. Pension Plans are invested in the following categories: 29% in the common stock of large-cap U.S. Companies, 24% in the common stock of international growth companies and 47% in fixed income bonds issued by U.S. companies and by the U.S. Government and its Agencies.
 
(i) The mutual fund balance in the U.S. Retiree Healthcare Plan is invested in the following categories: 57% in the common stock of large-cap U.S. Companies, 9% in the common stock of international growth companies and 34% in fixed income bonds of U.S. companies and U.S. Government.
 
The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Level 3 retirement plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
 
                         
                Insurance
 
                Guaranteed
 
                Investment
 
    Total     Hedge Funds     Contracts  
 
Fair value of assets, December 31, 2007
  $ 7,462     $ 3,429     $ 4,033  
Net purchases (sales) and appreciation (depreciation)
    1,004       430       574  
                         
Fair value of assets, December 31, 2008
  $ 8,466     $ 3,859     $ 4,607  
Net purchases (sales) and appreciation (depreciation)
    1,953       1,558       395  
                         
Fair value of assets, December 31, 2009
  $ 10,419     $ 5,417     $ 5,002  
                         
 
Within the equity portfolio of the U.S. retirement plans, investments are diversified among market capitalization and investment strategy. The Company targets a 20% allocation of its U.S. retirement plans’ equity portfolio to be invested in financial markets outside of the United States. The Company does not invest in its own stock within the U.S. retirement plans’ assets.
 
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
    U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.     U.S.     Non-U.S.  
 
Discount rate
    5.95 %     4.05 %     6.38 %     3.65 %     6.40 %     4.12 %
Increases in compensation levels
    4.75 %     2.94 %     4.75 %     3.21 %     4.75 %     3.24 %


74


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the pension cost at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                                                 
    2009   2008   2007
    U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.   U.S.   Non-U.S.
 
Discount rate
    6.38 %     3.65 %     6.40 %     4.12 %     5.94 %     3.84 %
Return on assets
    7.95 %     3.34 %     8.00 %     4.03 %     7.97 %     3.80 %
Increases in compensation levels
    4.75 %     3.21 %     4.75 %     3.24 %     4.75 %     2.99 %
 
To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio and historical expenses paid by the plan. A one-quarter percentage point increase in the discount rate would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost for the Waters Retirement Plan by less than $1 million. A one-quarter percentage point increase in the assumed long-term rate of return would decrease the Company’s net periodic benefit cost for the Waters Retirement Plan by less than $1 million.
 
During fiscal year 2010, the Company expects to contribute approximately $3 million to $5 million to the Company’s defined benefit plans.
 
Estimated future benefit payments as of December 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
        Non-U.S.
   
    U.S. Pension and
  Pension
   
    Retiree Healthcare Plans   Plans   Total
 
2010
  $ 3,894     $ 755     $ 4,649  
2011
    4,804       853       5,657  
2012
    5,028       601       5,629  
2013
    5,319       898       6,217  
2014
    6,786       1,275       8,061  
2015 - 2019
    46,617       7,823       54,440  
 
16   Business Segment Information
 
The accounting standard for segment reporting establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires selected information for those segments to be presented in interim financial reports of public business enterprises. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company’s business activities, for which financial information is available, are regularly reviewed and evaluated by the chief operating decision makers. As a result of this evaluation, the Company determined that it has two operating segments: Waters Division and TA Division.
 
Waters Division is primarily in the business of designing, manufacturing, distributing and servicing LC and MS instruments, columns and other chemistry consumables that can be integrated and used along with other analytical instruments. TA Division is primarily in the business of designing, manufacturing, distributing and servicing thermal analysis, rheometry and calorimetry instruments. The Company’s two divisions are its operating segments and each has similar economic characteristics; product processes; products and services; types and classes of customers; methods of distribution and regulatory environments. Because of these similarities, the two segments have been aggregated into one reporting segment for financial statement purposes. Please refer to the consolidated financial statements for financial information regarding the one reportable segment of the Company.


75


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Net sales for the Company’s products and services are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
 
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Product net sales:
                       
Waters instrument systems
  $ 699,014     $ 767,122     $ 742,045  
Chemistry
    243,629       243,855       223,593  
TA instrument systems
    109,335       128,909       121,954  
                         
Total product net sales
    1,051,978       1,139,886       1,087,592  
                         
Service net sales:
                       
Waters service
    408,482       398,409       356,544  
TA service
    38,240       36,829       28,912  
                         
Total service net sales
    446,722       435,238       385,456  
                         
Total net sales
  $ 1,498,700     $ 1,575,124     $ 1,473,048  
                         
 
Geographic sales information is presented below (in thousands):
 
                         
Year Ended December 31
  2009     2008     2007  
 
Net Sales:
                       
United States
  $ 459,541     $ 476,301     $ 473,322  
Europe
    495,646       545,620       511,973  
Japan
    164,120       151,685       134,757  
Asia
    283,224       291,639       246,587  
Other
    96,169       109,879       106,409  
                         
Total consolidated sales
  $ 1,498,700     $ 1,575,124     $ 1,473,048  
                         
 
The Other category includes Canada, Latin America and Puerto Rico. Net sales are attributable to geographic areas based on the region of destination. None of the Company’s individual customers accounts for more than 3% of annual Company sales.
 
Long-lived assets information is presented below (in thousands):
 
                 
December 31
  2009     2008  
 
Long-lived assets:
               
United States
  $ 167,449     $ 129,324  
Europe
    34,285       33,243  
Japan
    1,590       1,943  
Asia
    6,587       5,679  
Other
    1,015       1,399  
                 
Total long-lived assets
  $ 210,926     $ 171,588  
                 
 
The Other category includes Canada, Latin America and Puerto Rico. Long-lived assets exclude goodwill, other intangible assets and other assets.


76


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
17   Unaudited Quarterly Results
 
The Company’s unaudited quarterly results are summarized below (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                         
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
       
2009
  Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total  
 
Net sales
  $ 333,052     $ 362,837     $ 373,963     $ 428,848     $ 1,498,700  
Cost of sales
    127,454       144,154       153,143       170,131       594,882  
                                         
Gross profit
    205,598       218,683       220,820       258,717       903,818  
Selling and administrative expenses
    99,159       109,583       102,675       109,986       421,403  
Research and development expenses
    18,332       19,722       19,310       19,790       77,154  
Purchased intangibles amortization
    2,616       2,683       2,723       2,637       10,659  
                                         
Operating income
    85,491       86,695       96,112       126,304       394,602  
Interest expense
    (3,130 )     (2,649 )     (2,864 )     (2,343 )     (10,986 )
Interest income
    908       595       785       748       3,036  
                                         
Income from operations before income taxes
    83,269       84,641       94,033       124,709       386,652  
Provision for income tax expense
    9,922       14,734       18,097       20,586       63,339  
                                         
Net income
  $ 73,347     $ 69,907     $ 75,936     $ 104,123     $ 323,313  
                                         
Net income per basic common share
  $ 0.75     $ 0.73     $ 0.80     $ 1.10     $ 3.37  
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
    97,304       96,147       95,235       94,516       95,797  
                                         
Net income per diluted common share
  $ 0.75     $ 0.72     $ 0.79     $ 1.08     $ 3.34  
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
    97,927       96,996       96,513       96,111       96,862  
                                         
 


77


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                         
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
       
2008
  Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total  
 
Net sales
  $ 371,712     $ 398,771     $ 386,310     $ 418,331     $ 1,575,124  
Cost of sales
    155,451       175,232       158,520       172,063       661,266  
                                         
Gross profit
    216,261       223,539       227,790       246,268       913,858  
Selling and administrative expenses
    105,837       111,935       107,463       101,464       426,699  
Research and development expenses
    19,786       22,228       19,946       19,628       81,588  
Purchased intangibles amortization
    2,272       2,352       2,349       2,317       9,290  
Litigation provision
                      6,527       6,527  
                                         
Operating income
    88,366       87,024       98,032       116,332       389,754  
Interest expense
    (11,157 )     (9,807 )     (10,570 )     (6,987 )     (38,521 )
Interest income
    6,913       4,952       6,028       3,066       20,959  
                                         
Income from operations before income taxes
    84,122       82,169       93,490       112,411       372,192  
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    15,647       (979 )     21,987       13,058       49,713  
                                         
Net income
  $ 68,475     $ 83,148     $ 71,503     $ 99,353     $ 322,479  
                                         
Net income per basic common share
  $ 0.68     $ 0.83     $ 0.72     $ 1.01     $ 3.25  
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
    100,401       99,586       98,891       98,029       99,199  
                                         
Net income per diluted common share
  $ 0.67     $ 0.82     $ 0.71     $ 1.01     $ 3.21  
Weighted-average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
    101,983       101,035       100,566       98,821       100,555  
                                         
 
The Company experiences an increase in sales in the fourth quarter, as a result of purchasing habits on capital goods of customers that tend to exhaust their spending budgets by calendar year end. Selling and administrative expenses are typically higher in the second and third quarters over the first quarter in each year as the Company’s annual payroll merit increases take effect. Selling and administrative expenses will vary in the fourth quarter in relation to performance in the quarter and for the year. In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded approximately $5 million of tax benefit relating to the reversal of a $5 million tax provision which was originally recorded in the third quarter of 2008 relating to the reorganization of certain foreign legal entities (Note 9). In the second quarter of 2008, the Company recorded out-of-period adjustments related to capitalized software amortization and the income tax provision (Note 3). In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a $7 million provision related to ongoing litigation (Note 10).

78


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods indicated. The statement of operations and balance sheet data is derived from audited financial statements for the years 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 are included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplemental Data, in Part II of this Form 10-K.
 
                                         
In thousands, except per share and employees data   2009*     2008*     2007*     2006*     2005  
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
                                       
Net sales
  $ 1,498,700     $ 1,575,124     $ 1,473,048     $ 1,280,229     $ 1,158,236  
Income from operations before income taxes
  $ 386,652     $ 372,192     $ 323,192     $ 262,959     $ 274,563  
Net income
  $ 323,313     $ 322,479     $ 268,072     $ 222,200     $ 201,975  
Net income per basic common share:
                                       
Net income per basic common share
  $ 3.37     $ 3.25     $ 2.67     $ 2.16     $ 1.77  
Weighted-average number of basic common shares
    95,797       99,199       100,500       102,691       114,023  
Net income per diluted common share:
                                       
Net income per diluted common share
  $ 3.34     $ 3.21     $ 2.62     $ 2.13     $ 1.74  
Weighted- average number of diluted common shares and equivalents
    96,862       100,555       102,505       104,240       115,945  
BALANCE SHEET AND OTHER DATA:
                                       
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
  $ 630,257     $ 428,522     $ 693,014     $ 514,166     $ 493,588  
Working capital, including current maturities of debt**
  $ 777,808     $ 666,796     $ 578,628     $ 313,846     $ 309,101  
Total assets
  $ 1,907,931     $ 1,622,898     $ 1,881,055     $ 1,617,313     $ 1,428,931  
Long-term debt
  $ 500,000     $ 500,000     $ 500,000     $ 500,000     $ 500,000  
Stockholders’ equity**
  $ 848,949     $ 661,005     $ 586,076     $ 362,383     $ 283,632  
Employees
    5,216       5,033       4,956       4,687       4,503  
 
 
* As a result of the adoption of the stock-based compensation accounting standard as of January 1, 2006, all share-based payments to employees have been recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. The Company adopted the modified prospective transition method permitted under the standard and, consequently, has not adjusted results from prior years. Stock-based compensation expense was $28 million, $31 million, $29 million and $29 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
** As result of the adoption of the newly issued accounting standard for employers accounting for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as of December 31, 2006, the Company is required to recognize the underfunded status of the Company’s retirement plans as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. Prior to 2006, a significant portion of the Company’s retirement contribution accrual was classified in other current liabilities and included in working capital. Beginning in 2006, in accordance with this standard, the majority of the retirement contribution accrual is included in the long-term retirement liability. Also, the adoption of this standard had the following after-tax effect on stockholders’ equity: increased $3 million in 2009, decreased $20 million in 2008, increased $9 million in 2007 and decreased $2 million in 2006.
** As a result of the adoption of newly issued accounting standard for income tax uncertainty as of January 1, 2007, the Company is required to measure, report, present and disclose in its financial statements the effects of any uncertain tax return reporting positions that a company has taken or expects to take. Prior to January 1, 2007, these amounts were included in accrued income taxes in current liabilities. On January 1, 2007, the Company recorded the effect of adopting this new standard with a $4 million charge to beginning retained earnings and a $58 million reclassification from accrued income taxes, which was included in working capital, to the long-term income tax liability in the consolidated balance sheet.


79


Table of Contents

Item 9:    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A:    Controls and Procedures
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer (principal executive and principal financial officer), with the participation of management, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009 (1) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure and (2) to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
See Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting in Item 8 on page 39 of this Form 10-K.
 
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
See the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in Item 8 on page 40 of this Form 10-K.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
No change was identified in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B:    Other Information
 
None.
 
PART III
 
Item 10:    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
Information regarding the Company’s directors is contained in the definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Election of Directors”, “Directors and Executive Officers” and “Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.” Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Information regarding the Company’s Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert is contained in the definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors” and “Directors Meetings and Board Committees”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the Company’s executive officers is contained in Part I of this Form 10-K.
 
The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of the Company’s employees (including its executive officers) and directors and that is in compliance with Item 406 of Regulation S-K. The Code has been distributed to all employees of the Company. In addition, the Code is available on the Company’s website, www.waters.com , under the caption “Governance”. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement regarding any amendment to, or waiver of a provision of, the Code applicable to any


80


Table of Contents

executive officer or director by posting such information on such website. The Company shall also provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of the Code. Any such request must be made in writing to the Secretary of the Company, c/o Waters Corporation, 34 Maple Street, Milford, MA 01757.
 
The Company’s corporate governance guidelines and the charters of the audit committee, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board of Directors are available on the Company’s website, www.waters.com , under the caption Governance. The Company shall provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of any of the foregoing materials. Any such request must be made in writing to the Secretary of the Company, c/o Waters Corporation, 34 Maple Street, Milford, MA 01757.
 
The Company has not made any material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors.
 
Item 11:    Executive Compensation
 
This information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Compensation and Management Development Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation and Management Development Committee Report”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 12:    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
Except for the Equity Compensation Plan information set forth below, this information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2009 about the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants, and rights under its existing equity compensation plans (in thousands):
 
                         
    A     B     C  
                Number of Securities
 
    Number of Securities
          Remaining Available for
 
    to be Issued Upon
    Weighted-Average
    Future Issuance Under
 
    Exercise of
    Exercise Price of
    Equity Compensation
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding Options,
    Plans (excluding securities
 
    Warrants and Rights     Warrants and Rights     reflected in column (A))  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    6,857     $ 47.58       3,029  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
                         
Total
    6,857     $ 47.58       3,029  
                         
 
See Note 12, Stock-Based Compensation, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the material features of the Company’s equity compensation plans.
 
Item 13:    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
 
This information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Directors and Executive Officers”, “Directors Meetings and Board Committees” and “Corporate Governance”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.


81


Table of Contents

Item 14:    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
This information is contained in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors”. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15:    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Documents filed as part of this report:
 
(1) Financial Statements:
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this Form 10-K and are set forth on pages 41 to 78. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, dated February 26, 2010, is set forth on page 40 of this Form 10-K.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedule:
 
None.
 
(3) Exhibits:
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  3 .1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Waters Corporation.(1)
  3 .11   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Waters Corporation, as amended May 12, 1999.(4)
  3 .12   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Waters Corporation, as amended July 27, 2000.(7)
  3 .13   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Waters Corporation, as amended May 25, 2001.(9)
  3 .21   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Waters Corporation dated as of December 13, 2006.(18)
  4 .1   Rights Agreement dated August 9, 2002, between the Waters Corporation and Equiserve Trust Co.(11)
  4 .2   Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2005, between Waters Corporation and The Bank of New York as Rights Agent.(16)
  10 .3   Waters Corporation Second Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan.(6)(*)
  10 .4   Waters Corporation 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(2)(*)
  10 .5   Amended and Restated Waters Corporation 1996 Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, Effective January 1, 2008.(22)(*)
  10 .6   Waters Corporation Amended and Restated 1996 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.(6)(*)
  10 .10   Waters Corporation Retirement Plan.(3)(*)
  10 .17   First Amendment to the Waters Corporation 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.(13)(*)
  10 .27   Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the Waters Corporation Amended 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.(14)(*)
  10 .28   Form of Director Restricted Stock Agreement under the Waters Corporation Amended 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.(14)(*)
  10 .29   Form of Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement under the Waters Corporation Amended 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.(14)(*)
  10 .31   First Amendment to the Waters Corporation Second Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan.(10)(*)
  10 .32   Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreement under the Waters Corporation Second Amended and Restated 1996 Long Term Performance Incentive Plan.(15)(*)


82


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  10 .34   Waters Corporation 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.(12)(*)
  10 .35   Form of Executive Officer Stock Option Agreement under the Waters Corporation Second Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan.(15)(*)
  10 .36   2008 Waters Corporation Management Incentive Plan.(22)(*)
  10 .38   Second Amendment to the Waters Corporation 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.(17)(*)
  10 .41   December 1999 Amendment to the Waters Corporation 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(5)(*)
  10 .42   March 2000 Amendment to the Waters Corporation 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(5)(*)
  10 .43   June 1999 Amendment to the Waters Corporation 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(8)(*)
  10 .44   July 2000 Amendment to the Waters Corporation 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(8)(*)
  10 .46   Second Amendment to the Waters Corporation Second Amended and Restated 1996 Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan.(18)(*)
  10 .47   Five Year Credit Agreement, dated January 11, 2007 among Waters Corporation, Waters Technologies Ireland Limited, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., JP Morgan Europe and other Lenders party thereto.(18)
  10 .48   Third Amendment to the Waters Corporation 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.(18)(*)
  10 .49   Amended and Restated Waters Retirement Restoration Plan, Effective January 1, 2008.(22)(*)
  10 .50   Amended and Restated Waters 401(k) Restoration Plan, Effective January 1, 2008.(19)(*)
  10 .53   Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2008 between Waters Corporation and Mark T. Beaudouin.(20)(*)
  10 .54   Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2008 between Waters Corporation and Douglas A. Berthiaume.(20)(*)
  10 .55   Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2008 between Waters Corporation and Arthur G. Caputo.(20)(*)
  10 .56   Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2008 between Waters Corporation and William J. Curry.(20)(*)
  10 .57   Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2008 between Waters Corporation and John Ornell.(20)(*)
  10 .58   Change of Control/Severance Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2008 between Waters Corporation and Elizabeth B. Rae.(20)(*)
  10 .59   Term Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2008 among Waters Corporation, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and other lenders party thereto.(21)
  10 .60   Waters Corporation 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (23)(*)
  10 .61   Note Purchase Agreement, dated February 1, 2010 between Waters Corporation and the purchases named therein.
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of Waters Corporation.
  23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
  31 .1   Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31 .2   Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .1   Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .2   Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  101     The following materials from Waters Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.(**)

83


Table of Contents

 
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 29, 1996 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the Registrant’s 1996 Proxy Statement (File No. 001-14010).
 
(3) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-96934).
 
(4) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated August 11, 1999 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(5) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 30, 2000 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(6) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated May 8, 2000 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(7) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated August 8, 2000 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(8) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 27, 2001 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(9) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 28, 2002 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(10) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated August 12, 2002 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(11) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-A12B/A dated August 27, 2002 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(12) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form S-8 dated November 20, 2003 (File No. 333-110613).
 
(13) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 12, 2004 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(14) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated November 10, 2004 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(15) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 15, 2005 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(16) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated May 6, 2005 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(17) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated August 5, 2005 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(18) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated March 1, 2007 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(19) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated November 2, 2007 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(20) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated February 29, 2008 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(21) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q dated May 2, 2008 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(22) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K dated February 27, 2009 (File No. 001-14010).
 
(23) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Report on Form S-8 dated July 10, 2009 (File No. 333-160507).
 
(*) Management contract or compensatory plan required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K.
 
(**) This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any filing, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.
 
(b) See Item 15 (a) (3) above.
 
(c) Not Applicable.


84


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Waters Corporation
 
   
/s/   John Ornell
John Ornell
Vice President, Finance and
Administration and Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: February 26, 2010
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2010.
 
         
     
/s/   Douglas A. Berthiaume

Douglas A. Berthiaume
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
     
/s/   John Ornell

John Ornell
  Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
     
/s/   Joshua Bekenstein

Joshua Bekenstein
  Director
     
/s/   Dr. Michael J. Berendt

Dr. Michael J. Berendt
  Director
     
/s/   Edward Conard

Edward Conard
  Director
     
/s/   Dr. Laurie H. Glimcher

Dr. Laurie H. Glimcher
  Director
     
/s/   Christopher A. Kuebler

Christopher A. Kuebler
  Director
     
/s/   William J. Miller

William J. Miller
  Director
     
/s/   JoAnn A. Reed

JoAnn A. Reed
  Director
     
/s/   Thomas P. Salice

Thomas P. Salice
  Director


85

Exhibit 10.61
Conformed Copy
 
 
Waters Corporation
$200,000,000
3.75% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due February 1, 2015
and
5.00% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due February 1, 2020
Note Purchase Agreement
 
Dated February 1, 2010
 
 

 


 

Table of Contents
             
Section   Heading   Page  
 
           
Section 1.
  Authorization of Notes     1  
 
           
Section 2.
  Sale and Purchase of Notes     1  
 
           
Section 3.
  Closings     2  
 
           
Section 4.
  Conditions to Closings     2  
 
           
Section 4.1.
 
Representations and Warranties
    2  
Section 4.2.
 
Performance; No Default
    2  
Section 4.3.
 
Compliance Certificates
    3  
Section 4.4.
 
Opinions of Counsel
    3  
Section 4.5.
 
Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc.
    3  
Section 4.6.
 
Sale of Other Notes
    3  
Section 4.7.
 
Payment of Special Counsel Fees
    4  
Section 4.8.
 
Private Placement Number
    4  
Section 4.9.
 
Changes in Corporate Structure
    4  
Section 4.10.
 
Funding Instructions
    4  
Section 4.11.
 
Guarantee Agreement
    4  
Section 4.12.
 
First Closing Consummated
    4  
Section 4.13.
 
Proceedings and Documents
    4  
 
           
Section 5.
  Representations and Warranties of the Company     4  
 
           
Section 5.1.
 
Organization; Power and Authority
    4  
Section 5.2.
 
Authorization, Etc.
    5  
Section 5.3.
 
Disclosure
    5  
Section 5.4.
 
Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates
    5  
Section 5.5.
 
Financial Statements; Material Liabilities
    6  
Section 5.6.
 
Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc.
    6  
Section 5.7.
 
Governmental Authorizations, Etc.
    7  
Section 5.8.
 
Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders
    7  
Section 5.9.
 
Taxes
    7  
Section 5.10.
 
Title to Property; Leases
    8  
Section 5.11.
 
Licenses, Permits, Etc.
    8  
Section 5.12.
 
Compliance with ERISA
    8  
Section 5.13.
 
Private Offering by the Company
    9  
Section 5.14.
 
Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations
    9  
Section 5.15.
 
Existing Debt; Future Liens
    9  
Section 5.16.
 
Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc.
    10  
Section 5.17.
 
Status under Certain Statutes
    10  

 


 

             
Section   Heading   Page  
 
           
Section 5.18.
 
Environmental Matters
    10  
Section 5.19.
 
Guarantors
    11  
 
           
Section 6.
  Representations of the Purchasers     11  
 
           
Section 6.1.
 
Purchase for Investment
    11  
Section 6.2.
 
Source of Funds
    12  
 
           
Section 7.
  Information as to Company     13  
 
           
Section 7.1.
 
Financial and Business Information
    13  
Section 7.2.
 
Officer’s Certificate
    16  
Section 7.3.
 
Visitation
    16  
 
           
Section 8.
  Payment and Prepayment of the Notes     17  
 
           
Section 8.1.
 
Maturity
    17  
Section 8.2.
 
Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount
    17  
Section 8.3.
 
Allocation of Partial Prepayments
    17  
Section 8.4.
 
Maturity; Surrender, Etc.
    17  
Section 8.5.
 
Purchase of Notes
    17  
Section 8.6.
 
Make-Whole Amount
    18  
Section 8.7.
 
Change in Control
    19  
 
           
Section 9.
  Affirmative Covenants     20  
 
           
Section 9.1.
 
Compliance with Law
    20  
Section 9.2.
 
Payment of Taxes and Claims
    20  
Section 9.3.
 
Corporate Existence, Etc.
    20  
Section 9.4.
 
Books and Records; Compliance
    21  
Section 9.5.
 
Guarantee Requirement
    21  
 
           
Section 10.
  Negative Covenants     21  
 
           
Section 10.1.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
    21  
Section 10.2.
 
Merger, Consolidation, Etc.
    21  
Section 10.3.
 
Line of Business
    22  
Section 10.4.
 
Terrorism Sanctions Regulations
    22  
Section 10.5.
 
Liens
    22  
Section 10.6.
 
Subsidiary Debt
    23  
Section 10.7.
 
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    23  
Section 10.8.
 
Certain Restrictive Agreements
    23  
Section 10.9.
 
Leverage Ratio
    24  
Section 10.10.
 
Interest Coverage Ratio
    24  
 
           
Section 11.
  Events of Default     24  
 
           
Section 12.
  Remedies on Default, Etc.     26  
 
           

-ii-


 

             
Section   Heading   Page  
 
           
Section 12.1.
 
Acceleration
    26  
Section 12.2.
 
Other Remedies
    27  
Section 12.3.
 
Rescission
    27  
Section 12.4.
 
No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc.
    27  
 
           
Section 13.
  Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes     27  
 
           
Section 13.1.
 
Registration of Notes
    27  
Section 13.2.
 
Transfer and Exchange of Notes
    28  
Section 13.3.
 
Replacement of Notes
    28  
 
           
Section 14.
  Payments on Notes     28  
 
           
Section 14.1.
 
Place of Payment
    28  
Section 14.2.
 
Home Office Payment
    29  
 
           
Section 15.
  Expenses, Etc.     29  
 
           
Section 15.1.
 
Transaction Expenses
    29  
Section 15.2.
 
Survival
    29  
 
           
Section 16.
  Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement     30  
 
           
Section 17.
  Amendment and Waiver     30  
 
           
Section 17.1.
 
Requirements
    30  
Section 17.2.
 
Solicitation of Holders of Notes
    30  
Section 17.3.
 
Binding Effect, etc.
    31  
Section 17.4.
 
Notes Held by Company, etc.
    31  
 
           
Section 18.
  Notices     31  
 
           
Section 19.
  Reproduction of Documents     32  
 
           
Section 20.
  Confidential Information     32  
 
           
Section 21.
  Substitution of Purchaser     33  
 
           
Section 22.
  Miscellaneous     33  
 
           
Section 22.1.
 
Successors and Assigns
    33  
Section 22.2.
 
Payments Due on Non-Business Days
    33  
Section 22.3.
 
Accounting Terms
    34  
Section 22.4.
 
Severability
    34  
Section 22.5.
 
Construction, etc.
    34  
Section 22.6.
 
Counterparts
    35  
Section 22.7.
 
Governing Law
    35  
Section 22.8.
 
Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial
    35  

-iii-


 

             
Section   Heading   Page  
 
           
Section 22.9.
 
Release of Guarantors
    36  
 
           
Signature
        A-1  

-iv-


 

         
Schedule A
    Information Relating to Purchasers
 
       
Schedule B
    Defined Terms
 
       
Schedule C
    List of Guarantors at Closing
 
       
Schedule 5.3
    Disclosure Materials
 
       
Schedule 5.4
    Subsidiaries of the Company and Ownership of Subsidiary Stock
 
       
Schedule 5.15
    Existing Debt
 
       
Exhibit 1-A
    Form of 3.75% Senior Guaranteed Note, Series A, due February 1, 2015
 
       
Exhibit 1-B
    Form of 5.00% Senior Guaranteed Note, Series B, due February 1, 2020
 
       
Exhibit 4.4(a)
    Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Obligors
 
       
Exhibit 4.4(b)
    Form of Opinion of Special Counsel for the Purchasers

-v-


 

Waters Corporation
34 Maple Street
Milford, MA 01757
3.75% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due February 1, 2015
and
5.00% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due February 1, 2020
February 1, 2010
To Each of the Purchasers Listed in
      Schedule A Hereto :
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Waters Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), agrees with each of the purchasers whose names appear at the end hereof (each, a “Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Purchasers” ) as follows:
Section 1.   Authorization of Notes .
     The Company will authorize the issue and sale of: (i) $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.75% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due February 1, 2015 (the “Series A Notes” ), and (ii) $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.00% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due February 1, 2020 (the “Series B Notes” and, together with the Series A Notes, the “Notes” , such term to include any such notes of any series issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 13). Each series of Notes issued hereunder is sometimes referred to as a “series” of Notes. The Series A Notes and the Series B Notes shall be substantially in the forms set out in Exhibits 1-A and 1-B, respectively. Certain capitalized and other terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B; and references to a “Schedule” or an “Exhibit” are, unless otherwise specified, to a Schedule or an Exhibit attached to this Agreement.
Section 2.   Sale and Purchase of Notes .
     Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to each Purchaser and each Purchaser will purchase from the Company, at the respective Closings provided for in Section 3, Notes of the series and in the principal amount specified opposite such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A with respect to such Closing at the purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof. The Purchasers’ obligations hereunder are several and not joint obligations and no Purchaser shall have any liability to any Person for the performance or non-performance of any obligation by any other Purchaser hereunder.


 

     The performance and payment of all obligations of the Company hereunder and under the Notes shall be guaranteed by the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.
Section 3.   Closings .
     The sale and purchase of the Notes to be purchased by each Purchaser shall occur at the offices of Chapman and Cutler LLP, 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60603, at 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, at a closing (i) with respect to the Series A Notes, on February 1, 2010 or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to February 4, 2010 as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers (the “First Closing” ) and (ii) with respect to the Series B Notes, on March 1, 2010 or on such other Business Day thereafter on or prior to March 4, 2010 as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasers (the “Second Closing” and, together with the First Closing, a “Closing” and, collectively, the “Closings” ). At each Closing the Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Notes of the respective series to be purchased by such Purchaser at the related Closing in the form of a single Note (or such greater number of Notes in denominations of at least $250,000 as such Purchaser may request) for each series dated the date of the related Closing and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against delivery by such Purchaser to the Company or its order of immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of immediately available funds for the account of the Company to account number 000-15056-8 at HSBC Bank USA, N.A., 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018-2706, SWIFT MRMDUS33, ABA 021-001-088, Account Name: Waters Corporation. If at any Closing the Company shall fail to tender such Notes to any Purchaser as provided above in this Section 3, or any of the conditions specified in Section 4 with respect to such Closing shall not have been fulfilled to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, such Purchaser shall, at its election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any rights such Purchaser may have by reason of such failure or such nonfulfillment.
Section 4.   Conditions to Closings .
     Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at each Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at each Closing, of the following conditions:
      Section 4.1. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement and of the Guarantors in the Guarantee Agreement shall be correct in all material respects when made and at the time of each Closing except that, in the case of each of Schedules 5.3, 5.4, and 5.15, such Schedules, or any of them, individually, may be amended by the Company provided that each such amendment shall relate to any act, omission, facts or other circumstance which occurred subsequent to the date of this Agreement (or, in the case of Schedule 5.15, subsequent to December 31, 2009) and prior to the date of the related Closing, and no such amendment, individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 4.2. Performance; No Default . Each Obligor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement or the Guarantee


 

Agreement, as the case may be, required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at each Closing and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.14) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall have entered into any transaction since the date of the Memorandum that would have been prohibited by Section 10.1, 10.5, 10.6 or 10.7 had such Sections applied since such date.
      Section 4.3. Compliance Certificates .
     (a)  Officer’s Certificate . Each Obligor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of the related Closing, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.9 have been fulfilled.
     (b)  Secretary’s Certificate . Each Obligor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, dated the date of the related Closing, certifying as to the resolutions attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Notes, this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement, as the case may be.
      Section 4.4. Opinions of Counsel . Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of the related Closing (a) from Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP and Bingham McCutchen LLP, respective counsel for the Obligors, covering the matters set forth in Exhibits 4.4(a)(1) and 4.4(a)(2), respectively, and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as such Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request (and the Company hereby instructs its counsel to deliver such opinion to the Purchasers) and (b) from Chapman and Cutler LLP, the Purchasers’ special counsel in connection with such transactions, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 4.4(b) and covering such other matters incident to such transactions as such Purchaser may reasonably request.
      Section 4.5. Purchase Permitted By Applicable Law, Etc . On the date of each Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof. If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.
      Section 4.6. Sale of Other Notes . Contemporaneously with each Closing the Company shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at such Closing as specified in Schedule A.


 

      Section 4.7. Payment of Special Counsel Fees . Without limiting the provisions of Section 15.1, the Company shall have paid on or before each Closing the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Company at least one Business Day prior to the Closing.
      Section 4.8. Private Placement Number . A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each series of Notes.
      Section 4.9. Changes in Corporate Structure . No Obligor shall have changed its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, or been a party to any merger or consolidation or succeeded to all or any substantial part of the liabilities of any other entity, at any time following the date of the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 except in a transaction wherein, the resulting entities shall be organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and such transaction would have been permitted under Section 10.2.
      Section 4.10. Funding Instructions . At least three Business Days prior to the date of each Closing, each Purchaser shall have received written instructions signed by a Responsible Officer on letterhead of the Company confirming the information specified in Section 3 including (i) the name and address of the transferee bank, (ii) such transferee bank’s ABA number and (iii) the account name and number into which the purchase price for the Notes is to be deposited.
      Section 4.11. Guarantee Agreement . The Guarantee Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by each Guarantor as of the date of the First Closing and such Guarantee Agreement shall be in full force and effect on the date of each Closing.
      Section 4.12. First Closing Consummated . In the case of the Second Closing, all of the transactions contemplated herein with respect to the First Closing shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.
      Section 4.13. Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory to such Purchaser and its special counsel, and such Purchaser and its special counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as such Purchaser or such special counsel may reasonably request.
Section 5.   Representations and Warranties of the Company . ,
     The Company represents and warrants to each Purchaser that:
      Section 5.1. Organization; Power and Authority . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of


 

incorporation, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease, to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact, except where the failure to have such corporate power or authority could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Notes and to perform the provisions hereof and thereof.
      Section 5.2. Authorization, Etc . This Agreement and the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof each Note will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
      Section 5.3. Disclosure . The Company, through its agents, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, has delivered to each Purchaser a copy of a Private Placement Memorandum, dated November 2009 (the “Memorandum” ), relating to the transactions contemplated hereby. The Memorandum fairly describes, in all material respects, the general nature of the business and principal properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries. This Agreement, the Memorandum and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and identified in Schedule 5.3 and the financial statements described in Section 5.5 (this Agreement, the Memorandum and such documents, certificates or other writings, and such financial statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to December 18, 2009 being referred to, collectively, as the “Disclosure Documents” ), taken as a whole, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made provided, that with respect to projected financial information, the Company represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, since December 31, 2008, there has been no change in the financial condition, operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company or any Subsidiary except changes that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no fact known to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not, been set forth herein or in the Disclosure Documents.
      Section 5.4. Organization and Ownership of Shares of Subsidiaries; Affiliates . (a) Schedule 5.4 contains (except as noted therein) complete and correct lists (i) of the Company’s Subsidiaries, showing, as to each Subsidiary, the correct name thereof, the jurisdiction of its organization, the percentage of shares of each class of its capital stock or similar equity interests outstanding owned by the Company and each other Subsidiary and


 

whether such Subsidiary is a Guarantor, (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, of the Company’s Affiliates, other than Subsidiaries, and (iii) of the Company’s directors and senior officers.
     (b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of each Subsidiary shown in Schedule 5.4 as being owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are, in the case of Domestic Subsidiaries, fully paid and nonassessable and, in all cases, are owned by the Company or another Subsidiary free and clear of any Lien other than a Lien which would not be prohibited by Section 10.5.
     (c) Each Subsidiary identified in Schedule 5.4 is a corporation or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other legal entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Subsidiary has the corporate or other power and authority to own or hold under lease the properties it purports to own or hold under lease and to transact the business it transacts and proposes to transact except where the failure to have such corporate or other power and authority could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (d) No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any Material legal, Material regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than this Agreement, the agreements listed on Schedule 5.4 and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary except for restrictions contained in agreements or contracts which would be permitted by the provisions of Section 10.8.
      Section 5.5. Financial Statements; Material Liabilities . The Company has delivered to each Purchaser copies of the financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 and for the fiscal quarter ended October 3, 2009. All of said financial statements (including in each case the related schedules and notes) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the respective dates specified in such financial statements and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods so specified and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as set forth in the notes thereto (subject, in the case of any interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments). The Company and its Subsidiaries do not have any Material liabilities (relating to joint ventures, special purpose vehicles or other off-balance sheet liabilities which relate to the incurrence or guarantee, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Subsidiary of any Debt) that are not disclosed on such financial statements or otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Documents.
      Section 5.6. Compliance with Laws, Other Instruments, Etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes will not (i) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of


 

any property of the Company or any Subsidiary under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease, corporate charter or by-laws, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or by which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree, or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or (iii) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary, except in the case of any such event relating to any Subsidiary which is not an Obligor described in any of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, so long as any such event could not individually, or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.7. Governmental Authorizations, Etc . No consent, approval or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes other than filings that the Company may be required to make pursuant to the disclosure requirements of the Securities Act, which filings, if any, shall be made on a timely basis by the Company.
      Section 5.8. Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders . (a) There are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or any property of the Company or any Subsidiary in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under any term of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority or is in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation (including without limitation Environmental Laws or the USA Patriot Act) of any Governmental Authority, which default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.9. Taxes . The Company and each Subsidiary has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed by the Company and each Subsidiary as the case may be and the Company and each Subsidiary have paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to be paid by such Person except (a) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to make any such filing or payment could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, the charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of Federal, State or other taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate in all material respects. The Federal income tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries have been finally determined (whether by reason of completed audits or the statute of limitations having run) for all fiscal years up to and including the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.


 

      Section 5.10. Title to Property; Leases . The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and sufficient title to their respective properties that individually or in the aggregate are Material, including all such properties reflected in the most recent audited balance sheet referred to in Section 5.5 or purported to have been acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary after said date (except as sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business), in each case free and clear of Liens prohibited by Section 10.5 of this Agreement. All leases that individually or in the aggregate are Material are valid and subsisting and are in full force and effect in all material respects except where the failure to be so valid and subsisting and in full force and effect could not reasonable be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.11. Licenses, Permits, Etc . (a) The Company and its Subsidiaries own or possess all licenses, permits, franchises, authorizations, patents, copyrights, proprietary software, service marks, trademarks and trade names, or rights thereto, without known conflict with the rights of others, except where the failure to own or possess any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) To the knowledge of the Company, no product of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries infringes any license, permit, franchise, authorization, patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned by any other Person except any such infringement which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) To the knowledge of the Company, there is no violation by any Person of any right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any patent, copyright, proprietary software, service mark, trademark, trade name or other right owned or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries except any such violation which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.12. Compliance with ERISA . (a) The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, as amended, or any successor standard) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of


 

the assets of all such underfunded Plans by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (d) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance and sale of the Notes hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Code. The representation by the Company to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.12(d) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.
      Section 5.13. Private Offering by the Company . Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Notes or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any person other than the Purchasers and not more than 70 other Institutional Investors, each of which has been offered the Notes at a private sale for investment. Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.
      Section 5.14. Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations . The Company will apply the proceeds of the sale of the Notes for general corporate purposes of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including repayment of Debt. No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Company in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). Margin stock does not constitute more than 5.00% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Company does not have any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 5.00% of the value of such assets. For the purposes of making the calculation pursuant to the preceding sentence, to the extent consistent with Regulation U, Treasury Stock shall be deemed not to be an asset of the Company and its Subsidiaries. As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.
      Section 5.15. Existing Debt; Future Liens . (a) Except as described therein, Schedule 5.15 sets forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of November 28, 2009 (including a description of the obligors and obligees, principal amount outstanding and collateral therefor, if any, and Guaranty thereof, if any and the aggregate committed amount of any facility) which, individually, relates to a committed or outstanding principal amount of not less than $20,000,000, since which date there has been no Material change in the amounts (except for changes in outstanding amounts under revolving credit facilities which do not exceed the aggregate committed amount thereunder), interest rates, sinking funds, installment payments or maturities of the Debt of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default and no waiver of default is currently in


 

effect, in the payment of any principal or interest on any Debt of the Company or such Subsidiary which, individually, relates to a committed or outstanding principal amount of not less than $20,000,000 and no event or condition exists with respect to any such Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary that would permit (or that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, would permit) one or more Persons to cause such Debt to become due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment.
     (b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.15, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien not permitted by Section 10.5.
     (c) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any instrument evidencing Debt of the Company or such Subsidiary, any agreement relating thereto or any other agreement (including, but not limited to, its charter or other organizational document) which limits the amount of, or otherwise imposes restrictions on the incurring of, the Notes or any Debt of the Company which, individually, relates to an aggregate committed or outstanding principal amount of not less than $20,000,000, except as specifically indicated in Schedule 5.15.
      Section 5.16. Foreign Assets Control Regulations, Etc . (a) Neither the sale of the Notes by the Company hereunder nor its use of the proceeds thereof will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.
     (b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions with any such Person. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance, in all material respects, with the USA Patriot Act.
     (c) No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, assuming in all cases that such Act applies to the Company.
      Section 5.17. Status under Certain Statutes . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.
      Section 5.18. Environmental Matters . (a) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any claim or has received any notice of any claim, and no proceeding has been instituted raising any claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their

10 


 

respective real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or other assets, alleging any damage to the environment or violation of any Environmental Laws, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has knowledge of any facts which would give rise to any claim, public or private, of violation of Environmental Laws or damage to the environment emanating from, occurring on or in any way related to real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them or to other assets or their use, except, in each case, such as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (c) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has stored any Hazardous Materials on real properties now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any of them and has not disposed of any Hazardous Materials in a manner contrary to any Environmental Laws in each case in any manner that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
     (d) All buildings on all real properties now owned, leased or operated by the Company or any Subsidiary are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except where failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 5.19. Guarantors . The Guarantors include each Subsidiary of the Company other than Excluded Subsidiaries and newly-acquired or created Domestic Subsidiaries that are not yet required to become Guarantors under the definition of “Guarantee Requirement.” Each Subsidiary which is a guarantor or borrower under the Primary Credit Agreement and is a Domestic Subsidiary is a Guarantor hereunder.
Section 6.   Representations of the Purchasers .
      Section 6.1. Purchase for Investment . Each Purchaser severally represents that (i) it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, (ii) its financial condition is such that it is able to bear all economic risk of investment in the Notes, including, a complete list of its investment therein, (iii) to its knowledge, the Company has provided it with adequate access to financial and other information concerning the Company as it has requested and it has had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company concerning the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is purchasing the Notes for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to any distribution thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control. Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and may be resold only if registered, or for sale in connection with, pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration is available and that the Company is not required to register the Notes.

11 


 

      Section 6.2. Source of Funds . Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “Source”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser hereunder:
     (a) the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE” ) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or
     (b) the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or
     (c) the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or
     (d) the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part V of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are included in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Section V(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, exceed 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section V(e) of the QPAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of all employee benefit plans whose assets are included in such investment fund have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

12 


 

     (e) the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Section IV of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Section IV(d) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 5% or more interest in the Company and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or
     (f) the Source is a governmental plan; or
     (g) the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Company in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or
     (h) the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.
As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.
Section 7.   Information as to Company .
      Section 7.1. Financial and Business Information . The Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:
     (a) Quarterly Statements — within 60 days (or such shorter period as is 15 days greater than the period applicable to the filing of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the “Form 10-Q” ) with the SEC regardless of whether the Company is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Company (other than the last quarterly fiscal period of each such fiscal year), duplicate copies of,
     (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and
     (ii) consolidated statements of income and changes in financial position (or consolidated statements of cash flow, as the case may be) of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, for such quarter and (in the case of the second and third quarters) for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP

13 


 

applicable to quarterly financial statements generally, and certified by a Senior Financial Officer as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported on and their results of operations and cash flows, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments, provided that delivery within the time period specified above of copies of the Company’s Form 10-Q prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(a), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-Q if it shall have timely made such Form 10-Q available on “EDGAR” and on its home page on the worldwide web (at the date of this Agreement located at: http//www.waters.com ) and shall have given each Purchaser prior notice (which may include by email to any holder of Notes which has provided to the Company an email address for such notice under this Section 7.1(a)) of such availability on EDGAR and on its home page in connection with each delivery (such availability and notice thereof being referred to as “Electronic Delivery” );
     (b) Annual Statements — within 105 days (or such shorter period as is 15 days greater than the period applicable to the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K” ) with the SEC regardless of whether the Company is subject to the filing requirements thereof) after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, duplicate copies of
     (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and
     (ii) consolidated statements of income and shareholders’ equity and changes in financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such year,
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by a report thereon of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall state that such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and changes in financial position and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, and that the examination of such accountants in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances,
provided that the delivery within the time period specified above of the Company’s Form 10-K for such fiscal year (together with the Company’s annual report to shareholders, if any, prepared pursuant to Rule 14a-3 under the Exchange Act), prepared in accordance with the requirements therefor and filed with the SEC, shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 7.1(b), provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such Form 10-K if it shall have timely made Electronic Delivery thereof;

14 


 

     (c) SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon there becoming available, copies of all reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, and proxy materials the Company files with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provided, that the Company shall be deemed to have made such delivery of such reports and materials if it shall have made timely Electronic Delivery thereof;
     (d) Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly, and in any event within five days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default hereunder or that any Person has given any notice or taken any action with respect to a claimed default of the type referred to in Section 11(f), a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
     (e) ERISA Matters . (i) With respect to each fiscal year for which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall have an aggregate Unfunded Liability of $20,000,000 or more for all of its Plans and all Multiemployer Plans, as soon as available, and in any event within ten months after the end of such fiscal year, a statement of Unfunded Liabilities of each such Plan or Multiemployer Plan, certified as correct by an actuary enrolled in accordance with regulations under ERISA and a statement of estimated Withdrawal Liability as of the most recent plan year end as customarily prepared by the trustees under the Multiemployer Plans to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has an obligation to contribute; and
     (ii) as soon as possible, and in any event within 30 days after the occurrence of each event the Company knows is or may be a reportable event (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, but excluding any reportable event with respect to which the 30-day reporting requirement has been waived) with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan with an Unfunded Liability in excess of $20,000,000, a statement signed by the Senior Financial Officer of the Company describing such reportable event and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto;
     (f) Notices from Governmental Authority — promptly, and in any event within 30 days of receipt thereof, copies of any notice to the Company or any Subsidiary from any Federal or state Governmental Authority relating to any order, ruling, statute or other law or regulation that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
     (g) Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, but without limitation, actual copies of the Company’s Form 10-Q and Form 10-K) or relating to the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes.

15 


 

      Section 7.2. Officer’s Certificate . Each set of financial statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer setting forth (which, in the case of Electronic Delivery of any such financial statements, shall be by separate concurrent delivery of such certificate to each holder of Notes):
     (a) Covenant Compliance — the information (including reasonably detailed calculations) required in order to establish whether the Company was in compliance with the requirements of Section 10.5 through 10.7 and Sections 10.9 and 10.10, during the quarterly or annual period covered by the statements then being furnished (including with respect to each such Section, where applicable, the calculations of the maximum or minimum amount, ratio or percentage, as the case may be, permissible under the terms of such Sections, and the calculation of the amount, ratio or percentage then in existence); and
     (b) Event of Default — (i) a statement that such Senior Financial Officer has reviewed the relevant terms hereof, (ii) a statement that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any does exist, stating the nature and status thereof and describing the action the Company has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, and (iii) identifying the Subsidiaries, if any, that are “Excluded Subsidiaries” under clause (c) of the definition of such term.
      Section 7.3. Visitation . The Company shall permit the representatives of each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:
     (a) No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists during normal business hours, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to visit during normal business hours the principal executive office of the Company, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the Company’s officers, and (with the consent of the Company) its independent public accountants, and (with the consent of the Company) to visit during normal business hours the other offices and properties of the Company and each Subsidiary, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and
     (b) Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Company to visit during normal business hours and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Company authorizes said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries), all at such times and as often as may be requested.

16 


 

Section 8.   Payment and Prepayment of the Notes .
      Section 8.1. Maturity . As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each series of Notes shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date of such series.
      Section 8.2. Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount . The Company may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount. The Company will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation. Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Company shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.
      Section 8.3. Allocation of Partial Prepayments . In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.
      Section 8.4. Maturity; Surrender, Etc . In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any. From and after such date, unless the Company shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue. Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.
      Section 8.5. Purchase of Notes . The Company will not and will not permit any Controlled Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except (a) upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes or (b) pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the Company or a Controlled Affiliate pro rata to the holders of all Notes at the time outstanding upon the same terms and conditions. Any such offer shall provide each holder with sufficient information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect to such offer, and shall remain open for at least 20 Business Days. If the holders of more than 25% of the principal

17 


 

amount of the Notes then outstanding accept such offer, the Company shall promptly notify the remaining holders of such fact and the expiration date for the acceptance by holders of Notes of such offer shall be extended by the number of days necessary to give each such remaining holder at least 10 Business Days from its receipt of such notice to accept such offer. The Company will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by it or any Controlled Affiliate pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.
      Section 8.6. Make-Whole Amount .
      “Make-Whole Amount” means, with respect to any Note of any series, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero. For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:
      “Called Principal” means, with respect to any Note of any series, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
      “Discounted Value” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note of any series, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.
      “Reinvestment Yield” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, 0.50% over the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.
     In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable

18 


 

U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life. The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.
      “Remaining Average Life” means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.
      “Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 12.1.
      “Settlement Date” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1, as the context requires.
      Section 8.7. Change in Control .
     (a)  Notice of Change in Control . The Company will, within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence of any Change in Control, give written notice (the “Change of Control Notice” ) of such Change in Control to each holder of Notes. Such Change of Control Notice shall contain and constitute an offer to prepay the Notes as described in Section 8.7(c) hereof and shall be accompanied by the certificate described in Section 8.7(e).
     (b)  Offer to Prepay Notes . The offer to prepay Notes contemplated by paragraph (a) of this Section 8.7 shall be an offer to prepay, in accordance with and subject to this Section 8.3, all, but not less than all, the Notes held by each holder (in this case only, “holder” in respect of any Note registered in the name of a nominee for a disclosed beneficial owner shall mean such beneficial owner) on a date specified in such Change of Control Notice (the “Proposed Prepayment Date” ). Such date shall be not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days after the date of such offer.
     (c)  Acceptance . A holder of Notes may accept the offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.7 by causing a notice of such acceptance to be delivered to the Company not later than 10 days prior to the Proposed Prepayment Date. A failure by a holder of Notes to respond to an offer to prepay made pursuant to this Section 8.3 shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of such offer by such holder.

19 


 

     (d)  Prepayment . Prepayment of the Notes to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon but without any Make-Whole Amount. The prepayment shall be made on the Proposed Prepayment Date.
     (e)  Officer’s Certificate . Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by the Senior Financial Officer of the Company and dated the date of such offer, specifying: (i) the Proposed Prepayment Date; (ii) that such offer is made pursuant to this Section 8.7; (iii) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid (which shall be 100% of each such Note); (iv) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Proposed Prepayment Date; (v) that the conditions of this Section 8.7 have been fulfilled; and (vi) in reasonable detail, the nature and date or proposed date of the Change in Control.
     (f)  Certain Definitions. “Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) of shares representing more than 30% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company; or (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Company by Persons who were not (i) directors of the Company on the date hereof, (ii) nominated by the board of directors of the Company or (iii) appointed by directors so nominated.
Section 9.   Affirmative Covenants .
     The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:
      Section 9.1. Compliance with Law . Without limiting Section 10.4, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
      Section 9.2. Payment of Taxes and Claims . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income, profit or property, and (ii) all material lawful claims which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon its property; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, charge or claim which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and with respect to which the Company shall have established appropriate reserves in accordance with GAAP.
      Section 9.3. Corporate Existence, Etc . Subject to Section 10.2, the Company will at all times preserve and maintain, and cause each Subsidiary to preserve and maintain, its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its

20 


 

business, except to the extent that failures to keep in effect such rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises and, in the case of Subsidiaries only, legal existence could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution not prohibited under Section 10.2.
      Section 9.4. Books and Records; Compliance . (a) The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in all material respects, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Company and each Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
     (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants contained in this Agreement, any election by the Company to measure an item of Debt using fair value (as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 or any similar accounting standard) shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made.
      Section 9.5. Guarantee Requirement. The Company will cause the Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied at all times.
Section 10.   Negative Covenants .
     The Company covenants that so long as any of the Notes are outstanding:
      Section 10.1. Transactions with Affiliates . The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to enter into directly or indirectly any Material transaction or Material group of related transactions (including without limitation the purchase, lease, sale or exchange of properties of any kind or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate (other than the Company or another Subsidiary), except pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s business and upon such terms as are determined in good faith by the Company to be reasonable.
      Section 10.2. Merger, Consolidation, Etc . (a) The Company will not merge or consolidate with or into, or transfer or permit the transfer of all or substantially all its consolidated assets to, any Person (including by means of one or more mergers or consolidations of or transfers of assets by Subsidiaries), except that the Company may merge or consolidate with any US Corporation if (i) the Company shall be the surviving corporation in such merger or consolidation, (ii) immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) the Company shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 10.9 and 10.10 as of and for the most recently ended period of four fiscal quarters for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01, giving pro forma effect to such merger or consolidation and any related incurrence of Debt as if they had occurred at the beginning of such period, and the holders of the Notes shall have received a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company setting forth computations demonstrating such compliance.

21 


 

     (b) The Company will not permit any Material Subsidiary to merge or consolidate with or into, or transfer all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, except that (i) any Material Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or substantially all its assets to the Company, (ii) any Material Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with or transfer all or substantially all its assets to any Subsidiary; provided that if either constituent corporation in such merger or consolidation, or the transferor of such assets, shall be a Guarantor, then the surviving or resulting corporation or the transferee of such assets, as the case may be, must be or at the time of such transaction become a Guarantor and (iii) so long as, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Material Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with or transfer all or substantially all its assets to any Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary so long as such transaction would not be prohibited by Section 10.2(a)(iii) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 10.2(b) shall (a) so long as, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, prohibit the Company or any Subsidiary from (i) transferring any assets of such Person to acquire Foreign Subsidiaries, (ii) making capital or working capital contributions to Foreign Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) selling or otherwise disposing of assets to a Foreign Subsidiary on arm’s-length terms (as determined in good faith by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary) or (b) require any Foreign Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder.
     (c) The Company will not permit any Domestic Subsidiary other than Excluded Subsidiaries which are described in clause (c) of the definition of “Excluded Subsidiaries” ) to become a subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary; provided that nothing in this Section 10.2(c) shall prevent the Company from acquiring, directly or indirectly, any Person that at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition would constitute a Foreign Subsidiary and would own any Domestic Subsidiary not acquired by it in contemplation of such acquisition.
For purposes of this Section 10.2, Treasury Stock to the extent constituting Margin Stock shall be deemed not to be an asset of the Company.
      Section 10.3. Line of Business . The Company will not fail to be engaged in the business conducted by the Company and the Subsidiaries on the date hereof to an extent such that the character of the business conducted by the Company and the Subsidiaries on the date hereof, taken as a whole, shall be materially changed.
      Section 10.4. Terrorism Sanctions Regulations . The Company will not and will not permit any Subsidiary to (a) become a Person described or designated in the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List of the Office of Foreign Assets Control or in Section 1 of the Anti-Terrorism Order or (b) engage in any dealings or transactions with any such Person.
      Section 10.5. Liens . (a) The Company will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or permit to exist, any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it securing Debt unless, after giving effect thereto, the sum of (without duplication) (i) all Debt secured by all such Liens (other than any such Debt secured by Liens outstanding on the date hereof and described on Schedule 5.15), (ii) the

22 


 

principal amount of all Debt of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors permitted by Section 10.6(c) and (iii) all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions (other than Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into at the time the property subject thereto is acquired or within 90 days thereafter) permitted by Section 10.7, does not at any time exceed the greater of $150,000,000 or 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. For the purpose of this Section 10.5, Treasury Stock to the extent constituting Margin Stock shall be deemed not to be an asset of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
     (b) The Company agrees that neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries shall use any capacity under Section 10.5(a) above to secure any amounts owed or outstanding under any Primary Credit Agreement unless the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Agreement and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreements are also concurrently equally and ratably secured pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders (including, but not limited to, documentation such as security agreements and other necessary or desirable collateral agreements, an intercreditor agreement and an opinion of independent legal counsel).
      Section 10.6. Subsidiary Debt . The Company will not permit any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Debt, except:
     (a) Debt existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 5.15 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Debt that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;
     (b) Debt to the Company or any other Subsidiary; and
     (c) other Debt; provided that the sum of (without duplication) (i) the principal amount of all Debt permitted by this clause (c), (ii) the principal amount of all Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 10.5(a) and (iii) all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions (other than Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into at the time the property subject thereto is acquired or within 90 days thereafter) permitted by Section 10.7 does not at any time exceed the greater of $150,000,000 or 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
      Section 10.7. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company will not enter into or be party to, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into or be party to, any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (other than any Sale and Leaseback Transaction entered into at the time the property subject thereto is acquired or within 90 days thereafter) unless after giving effect thereto the sum of (without duplication) (i) all Attributable Debt permitted by this Section 10.7, (ii) the principal amount of all Debt of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors permitted by Section 10.6(c) and (iii) the principal amount of all Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 10.5(i) does not exceed the greater of $150,000,000 or 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
      Section 10.8. Certain Restrictive Agreements . The Company will not enter into, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into, any contract or other agreement that would limit the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or make loans or advances to, or to repay loans or advances

23 


 

from, the Company or any other Subsidiary, other than (i) customary non-assignment provisions in any lease or sale agreement relating to the assets that are the subject of such lease or sale agreement, (ii) any restrictions binding on a Person acquired by the Company at the time of such acquisition, which restriction is applicable solely to the Person so acquired and its subsidiaries and was not entered into in contemplating of such acquisition, (iii) in connection with any secured Debt permitted under Section 10.5, customary restrictions on the transfer of the Collateral securing such Debt and (iv) in connection with any other Debt permitted under Section 10.5 or 10.6 if and so long as the exception described in this clause (iv) is permitted pursuant to the Primary Credit Agreement.
      Section 10.9. Leverage Ratio . The Company will not permit the Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter to exceed 3.50:1.00.
      Section 10.10. Interest Coverage Ratio . The Company will not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters to be less than 3.50:1.00.
Section 11. Events of Default .
     An “Event of Default” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:
     (a) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal or Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise; or
     (b) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest on any Note for more than five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or
     (c) (i) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 7.1(d) or Sections 10.5 through 10.10, inclusive, or (ii) any Guarantor defaults in the performance or compliance with any term of the Guarantee Agreement; or
     (d) the Company defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein (other than those referred to in Sections 11(a), (b) and (c)) and such default is not remedied within 30 days after the earlier of (i) a Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge of such default and (ii) the Company receiving written notice of such default from any holder of a Note (any such written notice to be identified as a “notice of default” and to refer specifically to this Section 11(d)); or
     (e) any representation or warranty made in writing by or on behalf of an Obligor or by any officer of an Obligor in this Agreement or the Guarantee Agreement or in any writing furnished in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby proves to have been false or incorrect in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

24 


 

     (f) (i) the Company or any Subsidiary is in default (as principal or as guarantor or other surety) in the payment of any principal of or premium or make-whole amount or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in an aggregate principal amount of at least $20,000,000 beyond any period of grace provided with respect thereto, or (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary is in default in the performance of or compliance with any term of any evidence of any Debt in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $20,000,000 or of any mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating thereto or any other condition exists, and as a consequence of such default or condition such Debt has become, or has been declared (or one or more Persons are entitled to declare such Debt to be), due and payable before its stated maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii) as a consequence of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Debt to convert such Debt into equity interests), (x) the Company or any Subsidiary has become obligated to purchase or repay Debt before its regular maturity or before its regularly scheduled dates of payment in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $20,000,000, or (y) one or more Persons have the right to require the Company or any Subsidiary so to purchase or repay such Debt; or
     (g) the Company or any Subsidiary (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, (ii) files, or consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, (v) is adjudicated as insolvent or to be liquidated, or (vi) takes corporate action for the purpose of any of the foregoing; or
     (h) a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order appointing, without consent by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to any substantial part of its property, or constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or ordering the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any such petition shall be filed against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and such petition shall not be dismissed within 60 days; or
     (i) a final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $20,000,000 are rendered against one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries and which judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, bonded, discharged or stayed pending appeal, or are not discharged within 60 days after the expiration of such stay; or

25 


 

     (j) either (i) the PBGC shall terminate any Plan that provides benefits for employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and such Plan shall have an Unfunded Liability in an amount in excess of $20,000,000 at such time, (ii) Withdrawal Liability shall be assessed against the Company or any ERISA Affiliate in connection with any Multiemployer Plan (whether under Section 4203 or Section 4205 of ERISA) and such Withdrawal Liability shall be an amount in excess of $20,000,000 or (iii) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed $20,000,000 and such amount could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
     (k) the guarantee of any Guarantor under a Guarantee Agreement shall not be (or shall be asserted by the Company or any Guarantor not to be) valid or in full force and effect.
Section 12. Remedies on Default, Etc .
      Section 12.1. Acceleration . (a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Company described in Section 11(g) or (h) (other than an Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 11(g) or described in clause (vi) of Section 11(g) by virtue of the fact that such clause encompasses clause (i) of Section 11(g)) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.
     (b) If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at any time at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.
     (c) If any Event of Default described in Section 11(a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Company, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.
     Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 12.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, but not limited to, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived. The Company acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Company (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Company in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

26 


 

      Section 12.2. Other Remedies . If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 12.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note or in any Guarantee Agreement, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.
      Section 12.3. Rescission . At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or (c), the holders of not less than 51% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Company has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Company nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts which have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 17, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes. No rescission and annulment under this Section 12.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
      Section 12.4. No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, Etc . No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Without limiting the obligations of the Company under Section 15, the Company will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 12, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.
Section 13. Registration; Exchange; Substitution of Notes .
      Section 13.1. Registration of Notes . The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a register for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes. The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary. The Company shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

27 


 

      Section 13.2. Transfer and Exchange of Notes . Upon surrender of any Note to the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)), for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other information for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company shall execute and deliver, at the Company’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1-A with respect to the Series A Notes and Exhibit 1-B with respect to the Series B Notes. Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes. Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than $250,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than $250,000. Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2.
      Section 13.3. Replacement of Notes . Upon receipt by the Company at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 18(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and
     (a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least $25,000,000 or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or
     (b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,
within ten Business Days thereafter, the Company at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.
Section 14. Payments on Notes .
      Section 14.1. Place of Payment . Subject to Section 14.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made in New York, New York at the principal office of JP Morgan Chase NA in such jurisdiction.

28 


 

The Company may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Company in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.
      Section 14.2. Home Office Payment . So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 14.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Company will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Company in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Company made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Company at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Company pursuant to Section 14.1. Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Company in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 13.2. The Company will afford the benefits of this Section 14.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 14.2.
Section 15. Expenses, Etc .
      Section 15.1. Transaction Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company will pay all reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement or the Notes (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement or the Notes or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with this Agreement or the Notes, or by reason of being a holder of any Note and (b) the reasonable costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes. The Company will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).
      Section 15.2. Survival . The obligations of the Company under this Section 15 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, and the termination of this Agreement.

29 


 

Section 16. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Entire Agreement .
     All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note. All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement and the Notes embody the entire agreement and understanding between each Purchaser and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.
Section 17. Amendment and Waiver .
      Section 17.1. Requirements . This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 21 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, or (iii) amend any of Sections 8, 11(a), 11(b), 12, 17 or 20.
      Section 17.2. Solicitation of Holders of Notes .
     (a) Solicitation. The Company will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes. The Company will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 17 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.
     (b) Payment. The Company will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to

30 


 

each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.
     (c) Consent in Contemplation of Transfer . Any consent made pursuant to this Section 17 by the holder of any Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer such Note to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Company and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such transferring holder.
      Section 17.3. Binding Effect, etc . Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 17 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon the Company without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver. No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon. No course of dealing between the Company and the holder of any Note nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note. As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.
      Section 17.4. Notes Held by Company, etc . Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.
Section 18. Notices .
     All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid). Any such notice must be sent:
     (i) if to any Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Company in writing,
     (ii) if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Company in writing, or

31 


 

     (iii) if to the Company, to the Company at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of John E. Lynch, or at such other address as the Company shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.
Notices under this Section 18 will be deemed given only when actually received.
Section 19. Reproduction of Documents .
     This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at the Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced. The Company agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence. This Section 19 shall not prohibit the Company or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.
Section 20. Confidential Information .
     For the purposes of this Section 20, “Confidential Information” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure not as a result of any violation of this Section 20 which violation was known by such Purchaser, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by the Company or any Subsidiary not as a result of any violation of this Section 20 which violation was known by such Purchaser or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available. Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, trustees and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 20, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20),

32 


 

(v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Company (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 20), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement. Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 20 as though it were a party to this Agreement. On reasonable request by the Company in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Company embodying the provisions of this Section 20.
Section 21. Substitution of Purchaser .
     Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Company, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6. Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser. In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Company of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 21), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.
Section 22. Miscellaneous .
      Section 22.1. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.
      Section 22.2. Payments Due on Non-Business Days . Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.4 that the notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is

33 


 

due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.
      Section 22.3. Accounting Terms . (a) All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with GAAP. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.
     (b) If the Company notify the holders of Notes that, in the Company’s reasonable opinion, or if the Required Holders notify the Company that, in the Required Holders’ reasonable opinion, as a result of changes in applicable GAAP after the date of this Agreement ( “Subsequent Changes” ), any of the covenants contained in Sections 10.5 through 10.10, inclusive, or any of the defined terms used therein no longer apply as intended such that such covenants are materially more or less restrictive to the Company than as at the date of this Agreement, the Company and the holders of Notes shall negotiate in good faith to reset or amend such covenants or defined terms so as to negate such Subsequent Changes, or to establish alternative covenants or defined terms. Until the Company and the Required Holders so agree to reset, amend or establish alternative covenants or defined terms, the covenants contained in Sections 10.5 through 10.10, inclusive, together with the relevant defined terms, shall continue to apply and compliance therewith shall be determined assuming that the Subsequent Changes shall not have occurred ( “Static GAAP” ). During any period that compliance with any covenants shall be determined pursuant to Static GAAP, the Company shall include relevant reconciliations in reasonable detail between then applicable GAAP and Static GAAP with respect to the applicable covenant compliance calculations contained in each certificate of a Senior Financial Officer delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(a) during such period.
      Section 22.4. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
      Section 22.5. Construction, etc . Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant. Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

34 


 

     For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.
      Section 22.6. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.
      Section 22.7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.
      Section 22.8. Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . (a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
     (b) The Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of Notes in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 22.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to it at its address specified in Section 18 or at such other address of which such holder shall then have been notified pursuant to said Section. The Company agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.
     (c) Nothing in this Section 22.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against the Company in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.
     (d) The parties hereto hereby waive trial by jury in any action brought on or with respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any other document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

35 


 

      Section 22.9. Release of Guarantors . Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein or in the Notes or in any Guarantee Agreement, if the Company shall request the release under a Guarantee Agreement of any Subsidiary to be sold or otherwise disposed of (including through the sale or disposition of any Subsidiary owning such Subsidiary) to a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary in a transaction permitted under the terms of this Agreement and shall deliver to the holders of the Notes a certificate to the effect that (i) such sale or other disposition will comply with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) such Subsidiary shall not be a guarantor or obligor under a Primary Credit Agreement the holders of the Notes, without further right of consent, shall execute and deliver all such instruments, releases or other agreements, and take all such further actions, as shall be necessary to effectuate the release of such Subsidiary at the time of or at any time after the completion of such sale or other disposition.
* * * * *

36 


 

     If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Company, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement between you and the Company.
         
  Very truly yours,

Waters Corporation
 
 
  By   /s/ John Ornell    
    Name:   John Ornell   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Vice President-Finance and Administration, Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Secretary   
 
Schedule A
(to Note Purchase Agreement)

A-1 


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Hartford Life Insurance Company
Hartford Fire Insurance Company
Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company
 
 
  By:   Hartford Investment Management Company, their Agent and  Attorney-in-Fact    
     
  By   /s/ Ralph D. Witt    
    Name:   Ralph D. Witt   
    Title:   Vice President   

A-2


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By   /s/ Richard A. Strait    
    Name:   Richard A. Strait   
    Its   Authorized Representative  

A-3


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By:   Babson Capital Management LLC    
    as Investment Adviser   
     
  By   /s/ Mark B. Ackerman    
    Name:   Mark B. Ackerman   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  C.M. Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By:   Babson Capital Management LLC    
    as Investment Adviser   
     
  By   /s/ Mark B. Ackerman    
    Name:   Mark B. Ackerman   
    Title:   Managing Director   
 
  MassMutual Asia Limited
 
 
  By:   Babson Capital Management LLC    
    as Investment Adviser   
       
  By   /s/ Mark B. Ackerman    
    Name:   Mark B. Ackerman   
    Title:   Managing Director   

A-4


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of    
    Delaware Management Business Trust,   
    Attorney-In-Fact   
     
  By   /s/ Edward J. Brennan    
    Name:   Edward J. Brennan   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
  Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
 
 
  By:   Delaware Investment Advisers, a series of    
    Delaware Management Business Trust,   
    Attorney-In-Fact   
     
  By   /s/ Edward J. Brennan    
    Name:   Edward J. Brennan   
    Title:   Vice President   

A-5


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  New York Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By   /s/ Colleen C. Cooney    
    Name:   Colleen C. Cooney   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
  New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation
 
 
  By   New York Life Investment Management LLC,    
    its Investment Manager   
     
  By   /s/ Colleen C. Cooney    
    Name:   Colleen C. Cooney   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
  Forethought Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By   New York Life Investment Management LLC,    
    its Investment Manager   
       
  By   /s/ Colleen C. Cooney    
    Name:   Colleen C. Cooney   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   

A-6


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Pacific Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By   /s/ Violet Osterberg    
    Name:   Violet Osterberg   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
     
  By   /s/ Peter S. Fiek    
    Name:   Peter S. Fiek   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   
 
  Pacific Life & Annuity Company
 
 
  By   /s/ Bernard J. Dougherty    
    Name:   Bernard J. Dougherty   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
     
  By   /s/ Peter S. Fiek    
    Name:   Peter S. Fiek   
    Title:   Assistant Secretary   

A-7


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Jackson National Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By:   PPM America, Inc., as attorney in fact,    
    on behalf of Jackson National Life Insurance   
    Company   
     
  By   /s/ Curtis A. Spillers, CFA    
    Name:   Curtis A. Spillers, CFA   
    Title:   Vice President   

A-8


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Connecticut General Life Insurance Company

Life Insurance Company of North America
 
 
  By:   Cigna Investments, Inc.    
    (authorized agent)   
       
  By   /s/ David M. Cass    
    Name:   David M. Cass   
    Title:   Managing Director   

A-9


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America
 
 
  By:   Allianz of America, Inc. as the authorized    
    signatory and investment manager   
     
  By   /s/ Gary Brown    
    Name:   Gary Brown   
    Title:   Chief Investment Officer, Fixed Income   

A-10


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  United of Omaha Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By   /s/ Justin P. Kavan    
    Name:   Justin P. Kavan   
    Title:   Vice President   

A-11


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Thrivent Financial for Lutherans
 
 
  By   /s/ Alan D. Onstad    
    Name:   Alan D. Onstad   
    Title:   Senior Director   

A-12


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  The Travelers Indemnity Company
 
 
  By   /s/ David D. Rowland    
    Name:   David D. Rowland   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   

A-13


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  American United Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By   /s/ Kent R. Adams    
    Name:   Kent R. Adams   
    Title:   V.P. Fixed Income Securities   
 
  The State Life Insurance Company

By: American United Life Insurance Company
Its: Agent
 
 
  By   /s/ Kent R. Adams    
    Name:   Kent R. Adams   
    Title:   V.P. Fixed Income Securities   
 
  Pioneer Mutual Life Insurance Company

By: American United Life Insurance Company
Its: Agent
 
 
  By   /s/ Kent R. Adams    
    Name:   Kent R. Adams   
    Title:   V.P. Fixed Income Securities   

A-14


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  CUNA Mutual Insurance Society
 
 
  By:   MEMBERS Capital Advisors, Inc., acting as    
    Investment Advisor:   
     
  By   /s/ James E. McDonald, Jr.    
    Name:   James E. McDonald, Jr.   
    Title:   Director, Investments   

A-15


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  The Union Central Life Insurance Company
Ameritas Life Insurance Corp.
Acacia Life Insurance Company

By: Summit Investment Advisors Inc., as Agent
 
 
  By   /s/ Andrew S. White    
    Name:   Andrew S. White   
    Title:   Managing Director — Private Placements   

A-16


 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.
         
  Southern Farm Bureau Life Insurance Company
 
 
  By   /s/ David Divine    
    Name:   David Divine   
    Title:   Portfolio Manager   
 

A-17


 

Defined Terms
     As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:
      “Affiliate” means, at any time, and with respect to any Person, any other Person that at such time directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.
      “Anti-Terrorism Order” means Executive Order No. 13224 of September 24, 2001, Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism, 66 U.S. Fed. Reg. 49, 079 (2001), as amended.
      “Attributable Debt” means, in connection with any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the present value (discounted in accordance with GAAP at the discount rate implied in the lease) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the lease.
      “Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.
      “Business Day” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.6 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Boston Massachusetts are required or authorized to be closed.
      “Capital Lease” means, at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee is required concurrently to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.
      “Closing” is defined in Section 3.
      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.
      “Company” means Waters Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 10.2.
      “Confidential Information” is defined in Section 20.
      “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Company.

 


 

      “Controlled Affiliate” means any Subsidiary and any other Affiliate which is controlled by the Company.
      “Consolidated Debt” means all Debt of the Company and the Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis.
      “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the consolidated net income (loss) of the Company and the Subsidiaries for such period plus, to the extent deducted in computing such consolidated net income for such period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense, (b) consolidated income tax expense, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, (d) stock-based employee compensation expense related to any grant of stock options or restricted stock to the extent deducted from such consolidated net income for such period pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123 (revised 2004) and (e) extraordinary or non-recurring noncash expenses or losses, minus, to the extent added in computing such consolidated net income for such period, extraordinary gains, all determined on a consolidated basis.
      “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the interest expense of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding deferred financing fees.
      “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets that would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries (and which shall reflect the deduction of applicable reserves) after deducting therefrom all current liabilities of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries and all Intangible Assets.
      “Consolidated Total Assets” means the total amount of assets that would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries.
      “Debt” means, with respect to any Person and without duplication, all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, all accrued or contingent obligations in respect of letters of credit, all capitalized lease obligations, all indebtedness of others secured by assets of the Company or a Subsidiary, all Guaranties of Debt of others (but excluding guarantees issued for customer advance payments) and all obligations under Hedging Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, “Debt” shall not include (i) pension liabilities under any employee pension benefit plan and (ii) tender bid bonds, customer performance guarantees and similar suretyship obligations issued in the ordinary course of business that are not letters of credit and which, in each case, do not constitute a Guaranty of any Debt of others.
      “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.
      “Default Rate” means that rate of interest that is the greater of (i) 2.00% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes or (ii) 2.00% over

 


 

the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.
      “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is incorporated under the laws of the United States or its territories or possessions.
      “Electronic Delivery” is defined in Section 7.1(a).
      “Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including but not limited to those related to Hazardous Materials.
      “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
      “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Company under section 414 of the Code.
      “ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Company or any member of an ERISA Group of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Company or any member of the ERISA Group from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Company or any member of the ERISA Group of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Company or any member of the ERISA Group of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Company or any member of the ERISA Group of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
      “ERISA Group” means all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Company, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
      “Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.
      “Excluded Subsidiary” means at any time (a) any Foreign Subsidiary, (b) any subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary and (c) any other Subsidiaries acquired or organized after the

 


 

date of Closing that, together with their own subsidiaries on a combined consolidated basis, shall not, individually or in the aggregate for all such Subsidiaries under this clause (c), have accounted for more than 5% of Consolidated Total Assets or more than 5% of the consolidated total revenues of the Company and the Subsidiaries at the end of, or for the period of four fiscal quarters ended with, the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b) (or, prior to the delivery of any such financial statements, at the end of or for the period of four fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2009).
      “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States or its territories or possessions.
      “Form 10-K” is defined in Section 7.1(b).
      “Form 10-Q” is defined in Section 7.1(a).
      “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.
      “Governmental Authority” means
          (a) the government of
     (i) the United States of America or any State or other political subdivision thereof, or
     (ii) any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, or
          (b) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.
      “Guarantee Agreement” means a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B, and all supplements thereto made by the Guarantors for the benefit of the holders of the Notes form time to time.
      “Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, that the Guarantee Agreement (or a supplement referred to in Section 16 thereof) shall have been executed by each Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) existing at such time, shall have been delivered to the holders of the Notes and shall be in full force and effect; provided, however, that in the case of a Subsidiary that becomes subject to the Guarantee Requirement after the date of Closing, the Guarantee Requirement shall be satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary if a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement is executed by such Subsidiary, delivered to the holders of the Notes and in full force and effect no later than (i) 30 days after the date on which such Subsidiary becomes subject to the Guarantee Requirement (or such later date as is permitted in the Primary Credit Agreement

 


 

except that such later date shall in no event be more than 60 days after the date on which such Subsidiary becomes subject to the Guarantee Requirement) or (ii) such other date as the Required Holders may reasonably determine, but in any case no later than 60 days after the date on which such Subsidiary becomes subject to the Guarantee Requirement.
      “Guarantors” means each Person listed on Schedule C and each other Person that becomes party to a Guarantee Agreement as a Guarantor, and the permitted successors and assigns of each such Person.
      “Guaranty” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation (except the endorsement in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including (without limitation) obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person:
     (a) to purchase such indebtedness or obligation or any property constituting security therefor;
     (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation, or (ii) to maintain any working capital or other balance sheet condition or any income statement condition of any other Person or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such indebtedness or obligation;
     (c) to lease properties or to purchase properties or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such indebtedness or obligation of the ability of any other Person to make payment of the indebtedness or obligation; or
     (d) otherwise to assure the owner of such indebtedness or obligation against loss in respect thereof.
In any computation of the indebtedness or other liabilities of the obligor under any Guaranty, the indebtedness or other obligations that are the subject of such Guaranty shall be assumed to be direct obligations of such obligor.
      “Hazardous Material” means any and all pollutants, toxic or hazardous wastes or other substances that might pose a hazard to health and safety, the removal of which may be required or the generation, manufacture, refining, production, processing, treatment, storage, handling, transportation, transfer, use, disposal, release, discharge, spillage, seepage or filtration of which is or shall be restricted, prohibited or penalized by any applicable law including, but not limited to, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum, petroleum products, lead based paint, radon gas or similar restricted, prohibited or penalized substances.
      “Hedging Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate hedging arrangement. The “principal amount” of the obligations of any Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any

 


 

time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.
      “holder” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 13.1.
      “Institutional Investor” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.
      “Intangible Assets” means all assets of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries that would be treated as intangibles in conformity with GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries.
      “Interest Coverage Ratio” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period.
      “Leverage Ratio” means, at any time, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Debt at such time to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company ended at or prior to such time; provided, that in the event any Material Acquisition shall have been completed during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, the Leverage Ratio shall be computed giving pro forma effect to such Material Acquisition as if it had been completed at the beginning of such period.
      “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset.
      “Make-Whole Amount” is defined in Section 8.6.
      “Margin Stock” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Regulation U issued by the Board.
      “Material” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties, or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
      “Material Acquisition” means (i) the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of assets of or an interest in another Person or (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation, in each case if the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation are at least 5% greater than the Consolidated Total Assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation.
      “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries

 


 

taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Notes.
      “Material Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company, other than Subsidiaries designated by the Company from time to time that in the aggregate do not account for more than 15% of the consolidated revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended or more than 15% of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such period.
      “Memorandum” is defined in Section 5.3.
      “Multiemployer Plan” means any Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).
      “NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.
      “Notes” is defined in Section 1.
      “Obligor” means the Company or any Guarantor.
      “Obligors” means the Company and each Guarantor.
      “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of the Company or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.
      “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.
      “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.
      “Plan” means at any time an employee pension benefit plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum standards under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than a Multiemployer Plan) and is either (a) maintained by a member of the ERISA Group for employees of a member of the ERISA Group or (b) maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement or any other arrangement under which more than one employer makes contributions and to which a member of the ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five plan years made contributions.
      “Preferred Stock” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

 


 

      “Primary Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement of the Company and Waters Technologies Ireland Limited dated January 11, 2007, JP Morgan Chase Bank N.A., as Administrative Agent, among others, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, refinanced or replaced from time to time; it being understood that in the event that any refinancing or replacement of the Primary Credit Agreement consists of multiple facilities, (i) all such facilities with an aggregate commitment amount in excess of $150,000,000 (or its equivalent) shall constitute the Credit Facility and (ii) if there is no such facility which has an aggregate commitment amount in excess of $150,000,000, then the facility with the largest commitment amount shall constitute the Credit Facility.
      “property” or “properties” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.
      “PTE” is defined in Section 6.2(a).
      “Purchaser” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
      “Qualified Institutional Buyer” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.
      “Related Fund” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (i) invests in Securities or bank loans, and (ii) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.
      “Required Holders” means, at any time, the holders of at least 51% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Company or any of its Affiliates).
      “Responsible Officer” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Company (or the relevant Guarantor as the case may be) with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement (or the Guarantee, as the case may be).
      “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement whereby the Company or a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.
      “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States, or any successor thereto.
      “Securities” or “Security” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act.
      “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 


 

      “Senior Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Company.
      “Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, any other Person in which such first Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries or such first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries owns sufficient equity or voting interests to enable it or them (as a group) ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, to elect a majority of the directors (or Persons performing similar functions) of such second Person. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Company.
      “SVO” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.
      “Treasury Stock” means capital stock of the Company that is owned by the Company and held in treasury.
      “Unfunded Liabilities” means, (a) in the case of a single-employer Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, the amount, if any, by which the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations accrued to the date of determination under such Plan exceeds the fair market value of all assets of such Plan allocable to such benefits as of such date calculated in accordance with GAAP and based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, as amended, or any successor standard, and (b) in the case of a Multiemployer Plan, the Withdrawal Liability of the Company and the Subsidiaries calculated as set forth in Title IV of ERISA.
      “US Corporation” means a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
      “USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001.
      “USA Patriot Act” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.
      “Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Exhibit 21.1
Waters Corporation and Subsidiaries
12/31/2009
 
Waters Corporation (Delaware)
Waters Technologies Corporation (Delaware)
Waters Australia PTY LTD. (Australia)
Waters A/S (Denmark)
Waters AG (Switzerland)
Waters NV (Belgium)
Waters Cromatografia SA (Spain)
Waters SA de CV (Mexico)
Waters Technologies do Brasil Ltda (Brazil)
Waters Ges.MBH (Austria)
Waters Kft (Hungary)
Waters Sp.Zo.o (Poland)
Waters SAS (France)
Waters GmbH (Germany)
Waters Srl (Romania)
Waters SpA (Italy)
Waters Sverige AB (Sweden)
Waters Limited (Canada)
TA Instruments-Waters LLC (Delaware)
TA Instruments, Inc. (Delaware)
Waters France Holding Corp. (Delaware)
NuGenesis Technologies Corporation
Environmental Resource Assoc., Inc. (Colorado)
Calorimetry Sciences Corporation
Waters India Pvt. Ltd. (India)
Esbee Wire Pvt. Ltd. (India)
Waters Asia Limited (Delaware)
Waters Korea Limited (Korea)
Waters China Ltd. (Hong Kong)
Waters Technologies (Shanghai) Ltd
Waters Pacific Pte Ltd
MM European Holdings LLP
Milford International Limited
Manchester International Limited
Waters Finance III LLC
Waters Luxembourg SARL
Waters Tech. Holdings Ltd (Ireland)
Grand Duchy Finance SARL (Lux)
Waters Celtic Holdings Ltd (Ireland)
Waters Technologies Ireland Ltd
Waters Chromatography Ireland Ltd
Nihon Waters Limited (Delaware)
Nihon Waters K.K. (Japan)
TA Instruments Japan, Inc. (Japan)
Waters Finance V LLC
Microsep Proprietary Ltd (So. Africa) (24.5%)
Thar Instruments, Inc. **
 
Subsidiaries of Waters Luxembourg SARL
 
Micromass Holdings Ltd.
Waters Chromatography BV (Netherlands)
Waters Chromatography Europe BV (Netherlands)
Micromass Ltd. (UK)
Waters Ltd. (UK)
Phase Sep Limited (UK)
Phase Sep Eurl (France)
Thar Instruments Limited
Micromass UK Ltd. (UK)
TA Instruments Ltd. (UK)
PRA Europe Limited (UK)
 
 
*   All subsidiaries are 100% owned unless otherwise indicated.
 
**   2009 Acquisitions

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-3 (No. 333-134492) and S-8 (Nos. 333-160507, 333-137990, 333-110613, 333-92332, 333-60054, 333-81723, 333-18371) of Waters Corporation of our report dated February 26, 2010 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 26, 2010

 

Exhibit 31.1
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Douglas A. Berthiaume, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Waters Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 26, 2010
         
     
  /s/ Douglas A. Berthiaume    
  Douglas A. Berthiaume   
  Chief Executive Officer   

 

         
Exhibit 31.2
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, John Ornell, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Waters Corporation;
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 26, 2010
         
     
  /s/ John Ornell    
  John Ornell   
  Chief Financial Officer   

 

         
Exhibit 32.1
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C.
SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The certification set forth below is hereby made solely for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and may not be relied upon or used for any other purposes.
     In connection with the Annual Report of Waters Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Douglas A. Berthiaume, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 or other document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Date: February 26, 2010
         
  By:   /s/ Douglas A. Berthiaume    
    Douglas A. Berthiaume   
    Chief Executive Officer   

 

         
Exhibit 32.2
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C.
SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The certification set forth below is hereby made solely for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and may not be relied upon or used for any other purposes.
     In connection with the Annual Report of Waters Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John Ornell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 or other document authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Date: February 26, 2010
         
  By:   /s/ John Ornell    
    John Ornell   
    Chief Financial Officer